“Completed Scafell on the Saturday and Langdale Pikes on Sunday 3rd and 4th November 2012 both with John who had great knowledge and Leadership skills and made it so enjoyable many thanks Pete”
Peter Sewell
Return to Previous Page
Subscribe to RSS Feed
Guided Walks
The Lake District Walker offer guided walks every day of the year throughout the Lake District.
With at least two open diary walks every day of the year and up to 5 activities a day during busy times there really is something for everyone.
Our most popular walks are always Scafell Pike from Seathwaite and Helvellyn and Striding Edge, other popular walks include The Fairfield Horseshoe, The Langdale Pikes and Coniston Old Man.
As well as the harder walks we always have some easier guided walks on the diary, the most popular easy walks include Loughrigg, Wansfell and Catbells.
As well as guided walks we also have plenty of Ghyll Scrambling and Rock Climbing sessions throughout the year.
With at least two open diary walks every day of the year and up to 5 activities a day during busy times there really is something for everyone.
Our most popular walks are always Scafell Pike from Seathwaite and Helvellyn and Striding Edge, other popular walks include The Fairfield Horseshoe, The Langdale Pikes and Coniston Old Man.
As well as the harder walks we always have some easier guided walks on the diary, the most popular easy walks include Loughrigg, Wansfell and Catbells.
As well as guided walks we also have plenty of Ghyll Scrambling and Rock Climbing sessions throughout the year.
Grid List
-
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 30th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 10th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 21st July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 13th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 23rd September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 9th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 16th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 26th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 26th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 22nd August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 28th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 6th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 1st December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 22nd August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 7th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Monday 12th August 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 14th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 25th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 31st December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
5 Days Winter Skills Training: Monday 20th January 2014
This course is an opportunity to cover all the essential skills needed to operate safely in winter mountain conditions, based upon informed decisions. All the days are designed to be in the mountains travelling up to an altitude of between 650m – 1344m using real situations to demonstrate and learn the skills. Learn More£600.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 27th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 1st October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 6th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 4th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 15th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 26th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Edges Walking Weekend: Saturday 3rd August 2013
Two days of guided walking covering the best edge walks in the Lake District. Over these two days we will climb Helvellyn by Striding Edge and Blencathra by Sharp Edge, a weekend not to be missed! Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 18th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 28th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 14th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 21st October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 1st December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 31st July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 27th August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 3rd October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 12th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 6th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 17th July 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 27th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 12th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Friday 23rd August 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 19th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 30th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 19th July 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 1st September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 24th July 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 6th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 14th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 9th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 20th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 31st July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 23rd August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 3rd October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 19th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 6th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 5th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 3rd September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 8th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 17th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 11th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Borrowdale Walking Weekend: Saturday 20th July 2013
Two great days walking in the heart of the Lake District, including a guided walk up Scafell Pike, the highest mountain in England! Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 22nd July 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 1st September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 17th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Wednesday 23rd October 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 24th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 4th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 9th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 29th July 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 11th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 19th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 14th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 28th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 5th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 28th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 8th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 27th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 11th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 10th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 8th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 13th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 22nd November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 16th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Borrowdale Walking Weekend: Saturday 21st December 2013
Two great days walking in the heart of the Lake District, including a guided walk up Scafell Pike, the highest mountain in England! Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 27th July 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 6th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 22nd November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Wednesday 31st July 2013
A day with a qualified instructor on one of the many great crags in the Lake District learning the basics of rock climbing. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 29th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 27th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Monday 12th August 2013
Do you want to learn the basics of rock climbing? Thinking about progressing outdoors from indoor climbing? Or are you looking for a fun activity for yourself or the whole family?
Why not join one of our rock climbing sessions and let our fully qualified instructors teach you the basics of rock climbing in safety on one of the wonderful crags in the Lake District.
The day will include several 'single pitch' rock climbs and abseiling.
Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 4th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 14th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 6th August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 16th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 24th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 19th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 10th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 26th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 2nd September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 13th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 16th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 15th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 13th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 18th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 27th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 21st December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Ambleside Walking Weekend: Saturday 27th July 2013
Two days of wonderful walking from the picturesque Ambleside. Saturday sees us climbing the Fairfield Horseshoe while Sunday's guided walk climbs Red Screes, two great Lake District walks. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 1st August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 11th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Buttermere Walking Weekend: Saturday 5th October 2013
Two great days of guided walks in the amazing surroundings of the Buttermere Valley. A day on the High Stile ridge and a day climbing Haystacks. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 6th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 16th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 2nd December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Friday 23rd August 2013
Do you want to learn the basics of rock climbing? Thinking about progressing outdoors from indoor climbing? Or are you looking for a fun activity for yourself or the whole family?
Why not join one of our rock climbing sessions and let our fully qualified instructors teach you the basics of rock climbing in safety on one of the wonderful crags in the Lake District.
The day will include several 'single pitch' rock climbs and abseiling.
Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 9th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 19th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 19th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 12th August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 21st September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 29th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 24th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
2 Day Scottish Winter Skills Training: Saturday 28th December 2013
This 2 day winter skills course based in the Fort William area will give you all the skills required to enjoy the British mountains to their fullest throughout the winter months. Learn More£160.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 15th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 31st October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Wednesday 24th July 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 7th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 18th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 21st December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 20th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 22nd September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 23rd October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 2nd December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 29th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 7th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 19th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Wasdale Walking Weekend: Saturday 26th October 2013
The valley of Wasdale, although remote, is amongst the most beautiful in the lakes, with the deepest lake and the highest mountains circling it.
Over the weekend we will be climbing two of the finest mountain routes in the area, the Mosedale Horseshoe, including Pillar and the two highest peaks in England, Scafell and Scafell Pike. Two wonderful mountain days.
Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 11th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 21st September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 7th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Wednesday 23rd October 2013
A day with a qualified instructor on one of the many great crags in the Lake District learning the basics of rock climbing. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 14th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 24th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 24th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 20th August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 26th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 4th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 29th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
2 Day Lake District Winter Skills Training: Saturday 21st December 2013
This 2 day winter skills course based in the Lake District will give you all the skills required to enjoy the British mountains to their fullest throughout the winter months. Learn More£160.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 20th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 5th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Wednesday 7th August 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 12th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 23rd October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 29th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 25th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 29th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 28th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 4th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 2nd November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 13th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 24th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Ullswater Walking Weekend: Saturday 14th September 2013
Two great guided walks above Patterdale and Ullswater in the east of the Lake District. One day on the wonderful High Street ridge and another day climbing the dramatic Striding Edge to Helvellyn. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 16th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 26th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 12th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 19th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 29th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 29th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 25th August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 1st October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 10th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 4th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 25th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 10th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Monday 19th August 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 17th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 28th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 17th July 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
5 Days Winter Skills Training: Monday 3rd March 2014
This course is an opportunity to cover all the essential skills needed to operate safely in winter mountain conditions, based upon informed decisions. All the days are designed to be in the mountains travelling up to an altitude of between 650m – 1344m using real situations to demonstrate and learn the skills. Learn More£600.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 30th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 4th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 11th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 7th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 18th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 29th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Edges Walking Weekend: Saturday 12th October 2013
Two days of guided walking covering the best edge walks in the Lake District. Over these two days we will climb Helvellyn by Striding Edge and Blencathra by Sharp Edge, a weekend not to be missed! Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 21st August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 1st October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 17th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 24th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 4th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 3rd August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 1st September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 6th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 15th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 9th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 20th July 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 30th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 15th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Friday 30th August 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 22nd September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 2nd November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 22nd July 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 27th July 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 9th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 17th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 12th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 23rd December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 3rd August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 26th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 6th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 22nd December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 9th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 8th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 6th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 11th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 20th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 14th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Borrowdale Walking Weekend: Saturday 30th November 2013
Two great days walking in the heart of the Lake District, including a guided walk up Scafell Pike, the highest mountain in England! Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 25th July 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 4th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 20th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Friday 26th July 2013
Do you want to learn the basics of rock climbing? Thinking about progressing outdoors from indoor climbing? Or are you looking for a fun activity for yourself or the whole family?
Why not join one of our rock climbing sessions and let our fully qualified instructors teach you the basics of rock climbing in safety on one of the wonderful crags in the Lake District.
The day will include several 'single pitch' rock climbs and abseiling.
Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 27th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 7th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Rock Climbing: Wednesday 7th August 2013
A day with a qualified instructor on one of the many great crags in the Lake District learning the basics of rock climbing. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 2nd October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 12th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Mountain First Aid (Outdoor First Aid): Monday 2nd December 2013
This popular course suits outdoor enthusiasts and established or aspirant mountain leaders. The course validates National Governing Body awards such as the SPA, MIA, BASI and ML. It includes Two days of instruction that includes outdoor practical scenarios and assessment. Upon successful completion candidates will be certificated for three years in Mountain First Aid.
Learn More£100.00 -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 1st August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 14th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 22nd October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 17th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 31st December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 8th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 31st August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 11th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 30th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 14th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 13th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 11th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 16th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 25th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 19th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Walking Weekend: Saturday 24th August 2013
Two great guided walks over a weekend taking in some of the most scenic routes above the Langdale Valley. Bowfell and the Crinkles is a wonderful high ridge walk and the Langdale Pikes offers some of the most dramatic scenes in the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 30th July 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 9th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 25th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 4th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 14th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 30th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Monday 19th August 2013
Do you want to learn the basics of rock climbing? Thinking about progressing outdoors from indoor climbing? Or are you looking for a fun activity for yourself or the whole family?
Why not join one of our rock climbing sessions and let our fully qualified instructors teach you the basics of rock climbing in safety on one of the wonderful crags in the Lake District.
The day will include several 'single pitch' rock climbs and abseiling.
Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 7th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 17th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 17th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 9th August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 19th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 27th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 22nd November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
2 Day Scottish Winter Skills Training: Saturday 14th December 2013
This 2 day winter skills course based in the Fort William area will give you all the skills required to enjoy the British mountains to their fullest throughout the winter months. Learn More£160.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 13th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 29th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 5th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 16th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 19th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 18th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 17th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 21st October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 30th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 27th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Ambleside Walking Weekend: Saturday 9th November 2013
Two days of wonderful walking from the picturesque Ambleside. Saturday sees us climbing the Fairfield Horseshoe while Sunday's guided walk climbs Red Screes, two great Lake District walks. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 17th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Coniston Walking Weekend: Saturday 28th September 2013
Two days of great guided walks in and around the wonderful village of Coniston in the south of the Lake District. A day climbing Coniston Old Man from the village and a day on Wetherlam from Little Langdale, two days not to be missed. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 9th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 19th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 5th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Friday 30th August 2013
Do you want to learn the basics of rock climbing? Thinking about progressing outdoors from indoor climbing? Or are you looking for a fun activity for yourself or the whole family?
Why not join one of our rock climbing sessions and let our fully qualified instructors teach you the basics of rock climbing in safety on one of the wonderful crags in the Lake District.
The day will include several 'single pitch' rock climbs and abseiling.
Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 12th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 22nd November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 22nd July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 18th August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 24th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 2nd November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 27th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
2 Day Scottish Winter Skills Training: Saturday 18th January 2014
This 2 day winter skills course based in the Fort William area will give you all the skills required to enjoy the British mountains to their fullest throughout the winter months. Learn More£160.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 18th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 3rd November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Friday 2nd August 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 10th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 21st October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 27th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Remote Rescue Medic: Monday 14th October 2013
This five day intensive course is designed for those who work in remote areas and require advanced medical skills. You will be taught intermediate airway management, oxygen and medicine therapy, defibrillation, vehicle extrication and much more. By the end of the course you will be in a position to provide advanced first aid and medical skills in remote environments around the world. It includes scenarios throughout the course including a night scenario exercise. Delivered by an expert faculty you will be guided through the course and upon successful completion be awarded the Remote Rescue Medic certificate, which is valid for 3 years.
Learn More£525.00 -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 23rd August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 27th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 26th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 5th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 31st October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 11th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 22nd July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 14th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 24th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 10th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 17th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 27th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 27th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 23rd August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 29th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 7th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 2nd December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 23rd August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 8th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Wednesday 14th August 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 15th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 26th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
5 Days Winter Skills Training: Monday 3rd February 2014
This course is an opportunity to cover all the essential skills needed to operate safely in winter mountain conditions, based upon informed decisions. All the days are designed to be in the mountains travelling up to an altitude of between 650m – 1344m using real situations to demonstrate and learn the skills. Learn More£600.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 28th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 2nd October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 2nd September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 7th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 5th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 16th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 27th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Edges Walking Weekend: Saturday 10th August 2013
Two days of guided walking covering the best edge walks in the Lake District. Over these two days we will climb Helvellyn by Striding Edge and Blencathra by Sharp Edge, a weekend not to be missed! Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 19th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 29th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 15th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 22nd October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 2nd December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 1st August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 30th August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 4th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 13th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 7th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 18th July 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 28th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 13th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Monday 26th August 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 20th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 31st October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 20th July 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 25th July 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 7th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 15th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 10th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 21st December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 1st August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 24th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 4th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 20th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 7th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 6th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 4th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 9th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 18th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 12th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Borrowdale Walking Weekend: Saturday 10th August 2013
Two great days walking in the heart of the Lake District, including a guided walk up Scafell Pike, the highest mountain in England! Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 23rd July 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 2nd September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 18th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Friday 25th October 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 25th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 5th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 10th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 30th July 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 12th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 20th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 15th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 29th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 6th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 29th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 9th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 28th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 12th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 11th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 9th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 14th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 23rd November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 17th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Borrowdale Walking Weekend: Saturday 28th December 2013
Two great days walking in the heart of the Lake District, including a guided walk up Scafell Pike, the highest mountain in England! Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 28th July 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 7th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 23rd November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Friday 2nd August 2013
Do you want to learn the basics of rock climbing? Thinking about progressing outdoors from indoor climbing? Or are you looking for a fun activity for yourself or the whole family?
Why not join one of our rock climbing sessions and let our fully qualified instructors teach you the basics of rock climbing in safety on one of the wonderful crags in the Lake District.
The day will include several 'single pitch' rock climbs and abseiling.
Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 30th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 12th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 28th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Wednesday 14th August 2013
A day with a qualified instructor on one of the many great crags in the Lake District learning the basics of rock climbing. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 5th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 15th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 7th August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 17th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 25th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 20th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 11th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 27th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 3rd September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 14th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 17th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 16th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 15th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 19th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 28th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 22nd December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Ambleside Walking Weekend: Saturday 21st September 2013
Two days of wonderful walking from the picturesque Ambleside. Saturday sees us climbing the Fairfield Horseshoe while Sunday's guided walk climbs Red Screes, two great Lake District walks. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 2nd August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 7th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 17th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 3rd December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Monday 26th August 2013
A day with a qualified instructor on one of the many great crags in the Lake District learning the basics of rock climbing. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 10th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 20th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 20th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 15th August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 22nd September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 30th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 25th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
2 Day Scottish Winter Skills Training: Monday 4th January 2014
This 2 day winter skills course based in the Fort William area will give you all the skills required to enjoy the British mountains to their fullest throughout the winter months. Learn More£160.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 16th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 1st November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Friday 26th July 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 8th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 19th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 22nd December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 21st August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 23rd September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 24th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 3rd December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 30th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 9th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 20th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 12th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 22nd September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 8th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Friday 25th October 2013
Do you want to learn the basics of rock climbing? Thinking about progressing outdoors from indoor climbing? Or are you looking for a fun activity for yourself or the whole family?
Why not join one of our rock climbing sessions and let our fully qualified instructors teach you the basics of rock climbing in safety on one of the wonderful crags in the Lake District.
The day will include several 'single pitch' rock climbs and abseiling.
Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 15th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 25th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 25th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 21st August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 27th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 5th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 30th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 21st August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 6th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Friday 9th August 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 13th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 24th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 30th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
5 Days Winter Skills Training: Monday 6th January 2014
This course is an opportunity to cover all the essential skills needed to operate safely in winter mountain conditions, based upon informed decisions. All the days are designed to be in the mountains travelling up to an altitude of between 650m – 1344m using real situations to demonstrate and learn the skills. Learn More£600.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 26th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 30th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 29th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 5th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 3rd November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 14th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 25th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Edges Walking Weekend: Saturday 20th July 2013
Two days of guided walking covering the best edge walks in the Lake District. Over these two days we will climb Helvellyn by Striding Edge and Blencathra by Sharp Edge, a weekend not to be missed! Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 17th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 27th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 13th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 20th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 30th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 30th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 26th August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 2nd October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 11th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 5th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 26th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 11th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Wednesday 21st August 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 18th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 29th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 18th July 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
5 Days Winter Skills Training: Monday 17th March 2014
This course is an opportunity to cover all the essential skills needed to operate safely in winter mountain conditions, based upon informed decisions. All the days are designed to be in the mountains travelling up to an altitude of between 650m – 1344m using real situations to demonstrate and learn the skills. Learn More£600.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 31st August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 23rd July 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 5th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 13th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 8th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 19th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 30th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 22nd August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 2nd October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 18th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 25th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 5th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 4th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 2nd September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 7th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 16th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 10th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 21st July 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 31st August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 16th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Monday 21st October 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 23rd September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 3rd November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 28th July 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 10th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 18th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 13th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 27th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 4th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 27th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 7th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 23rd December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 10th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 9th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 7th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 12th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 21st November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 15th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Borrowdale Walking Weekend: Saturday 14th December 2013
Two great days walking in the heart of the Lake District, including a guided walk up Scafell Pike, the highest mountain in England! Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 26th July 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 5th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 21st November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Monday 29th July 2013
A day with a qualified instructor on one of the many great crags in the Lake District learning the basics of rock climbing. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 28th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 8th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Rock Climbing: Friday 9th August 2013
Do you want to learn the basics of rock climbing? Thinking about progressing outdoors from indoor climbing? Or are you looking for a fun activity for yourself or the whole family?
Why not join one of our rock climbing sessions and let our fully qualified instructors teach you the basics of rock climbing in safety on one of the wonderful crags in the Lake District.
The day will include several 'single pitch' rock climbs and abseiling.
Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 3rd October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 13th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Mountain First Aid (Outdoor First Aid): Saturday 7th December 2013
This popular course suits outdoor enthusiasts and established or aspirant mountain leaders. The course validates National Governing Body awards such as the SPA, MIA, BASI and ML. It includes Two days of instruction that includes outdoor practical scenarios and assessment. Upon successful completion candidates will be certificated for three years in Mountain First Aid.
Learn More£100.00 -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 2nd August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 15th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 23rd October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 18th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 9th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 1st September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 12th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 31st December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 15th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 14th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 12th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 17th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 26th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 20th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Walking Weekend: Saturday 16th November 2013
Two great guided walks over a weekend taking in some of the most scenic routes above the Langdale Valley. Bowfell and the Crinkles is a wonderful high ridge walk and the Langdale Pikes offers some of the most dramatic scenes in the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 31st July 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 10th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 26th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Buttermere Walking Weekend: Saturday 31st August 2013
Two great days of guided walks in the amazing surroundings of the Buttermere Valley. A day on the High Stile ridge and a day climbing Haystacks. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 5th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 15th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 1st December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Wednesday 21st August 2013
A day with a qualified instructor on one of the many great crags in the Lake District learning the basics of rock climbing. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 8th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 18th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 18th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 11th August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 20th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 28th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 23rd November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
2 Day Scottish Winter Skills Training: Saturday 21st December 2013
This 2 day winter skills course based in the Fort William area will give you all the skills required to enjoy the British mountains to their fullest throughout the winter months. Learn More£160.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 14th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 30th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 6th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 17th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 20th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 19th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 21st September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 22nd October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 1st December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 28th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 6th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 18th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Coniston Walking Weekend: Saturday 23rd November 2013
Two days of great guided walks in and around the wonderful village of Coniston in the south of the Lake District. A day climbing Coniston Old Man from the village and a day on Wetherlam from Little Langdale, two days not to be missed. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 10th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 20th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 6th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Monday 21st October 2013
A day with a qualified instructor on one of the many great crags in the Lake District learning the basics of rock climbing. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 13th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 23rd November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 23rd July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 19th August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 25th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 3rd November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 28th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
2 Day Scottish Winter Skills Training: Saturday 25th January 2014
This 2 day winter skills course based in the Fort William area will give you all the skills required to enjoy the British mountains to their fullest throughout the winter months. Learn More£160.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 19th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 4th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Monday 5th August 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 11th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 22nd October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 28th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 24th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 28th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 27th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 1st November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 12th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 23rd July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Ullswater Walking Weekend: Saturday 3rd August 2013
Two great guided walks above Patterdale and Ullswater in the east of the Lake District. One day on the wonderful High Street ridge and another day climbing the dramatic Striding Edge to Helvellyn. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 15th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 25th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 11th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 18th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 28th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 28th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 24th August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 30th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 8th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 3rd December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 24th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 9th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Friday 16th August 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 16th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 27th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
5 Days Winter Skills Training: Monday 17th February 2014
This course is an opportunity to cover all the essential skills needed to operate safely in winter mountain conditions, based upon informed decisions. All the days are designed to be in the mountains travelling up to an altitude of between 650m – 1344m using real situations to demonstrate and learn the skills. Learn More£600.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 29th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 3rd October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 3rd September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 10th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 6th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 17th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 28th July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Edges Walking Weekend: Saturday 14th September 2013
Two days of guided walking covering the best edge walks in the Lake District. Over these two days we will climb Helvellyn by Striding Edge and Blencathra by Sharp Edge, a weekend not to be missed! Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 20th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 30th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 16th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 23rd October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 3rd December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 2nd August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 31st August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 5th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 14th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 8th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 19th July 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 29th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 14th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Wednesday 28th August 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 21st September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 1st November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 21st July 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 26th July 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 8th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 16th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 11th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 22nd December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 2nd August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 25th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 5th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 21st December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 8th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 7th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 5th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 10th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 19th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 13th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Borrowdale Walking Weekend: Saturday 9th November 2013
Two great days walking in the heart of the Lake District, including a guided walk up Scafell Pike, the highest mountain in England! Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 24th July 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 3rd September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 19th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Wednesday 24th July 2013
A day with a qualified instructor on one of the many great crags in the Lake District learning the basics of rock climbing. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 26th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 6th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Tuesday 1st October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 11th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Mountain First Aid (Outdoor First Aid): Saturday 28th September 2013
This popular course suits outdoor enthusiasts and established or aspirant mountain leaders. The course validates National Governing Body awards such as the SPA, MIA, BASI and ML. It includes Two days of instruction that includes outdoor practical scenarios and assessment. Upon successful completion candidates will be certificated for three years in Mountain First Aid.
Learn More£100.00 -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 31st July 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 13th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 21st October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 16th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 30th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 7th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 30th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 10th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 29th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 13th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 12th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Tuesday 10th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 15th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Sunday 24th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 18th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Grasmere Walking Weekend: Saturday 17th August 2013
Two great guided walks from the village of Grasmere in the heart of the Lake District. A day climbing High Raise and the fells above Easdale Tarn and a day on the ridges leading to the summit of Helm Crag. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 29th July 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 8th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 24th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Monday 5th August 2013
A day with a qualified instructor on one of the many great crags in the Lake District learning the basics of rock climbing. Learn More£25.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Friday 13th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 29th November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Friday 16th August 2013
Do you want to learn the basics of rock climbing? Thinking about progressing outdoors from indoor climbing? Or are you looking for a fun activity for yourself or the whole family?
Why not join one of our rock climbing sessions and let our fully qualified instructors teach you the basics of rock climbing in safety on one of the wonderful crags in the Lake District.
The day will include several 'single pitch' rock climbs and abseiling.
Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Sunday 6th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 16th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 8th August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Wednesday 18th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 26th October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 21st November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 12th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 28th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 4th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Tuesday 15th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 18th December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Saturday 17th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Monday 16th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 20th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Friday 29th November 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 23rd December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Ambleside Walking Weekend: Saturday 19th October 2013
Two days of wonderful walking from the picturesque Ambleside. Saturday sees us climbing the Fairfield Horseshoe while Sunday's guided walk climbs Red Screes, two great Lake District walks. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 3rd August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 31st December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Buttermere Walking Weekend: Saturday 30th November 2013
Two great days of guided walks in the amazing surroundings of the Buttermere Valley. A day on the High Stile ridge and a day climbing Haystacks. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Thursday 8th August 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Wednesday 18th September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Wednesday 4th December 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Rock Climbing: Wednesday 28th August 2013
A day with a qualified instructor on one of the many great crags in the Lake District learning the basics of rock climbing. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Friday 11th October 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Thursday 21st November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Sunday 21st July 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Saturday 17th August 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Monday 23rd September 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 31st October 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Tuesday 26th November 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
2 Day Scottish Winter Skills Training: Monday 11th January 2014
This 2 day winter skills course based in the Fort William area will give you all the skills required to enjoy the British mountains to their fullest throughout the winter months. Learn More£160.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Saturday 17th August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Saturday 2nd November 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Ghyll Scrambling: Monday 29th July 2013
Known as canyoning outside the Lake District this ghyll scrambling session is a fun packed half day activity for all the family. Learn More£25.00 -
NNAS Silver 2 Day Navigation Course: Monday 9th September 2013
The NNAS Silver award is a good standard for those looking to be safe in the mountains of the UK, covering all the skills needed to be able to navigate in the mountains whatever the weather. A comprehensive 2 day course looking to advance their mountain skills under the guidance of a highly qualified instructor. Learn More£190.00 -
Advanced Navigation Course: Sunday 20th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Advanced Navigation Course: Monday 23rd December 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is aimed at those who have previously taken the Beginners Navigation Course or already have the skills covered on that course. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Remote Rescue Medic: Monday 5th August 2013
This five day intensive course is designed for those who work in remote areas and require advanced medical skills. You will be taught intermediate airway management, oxygen and medicine therapy, defibrillation, vehicle extrication and much more. By the end of the course you will be in a position to provide advanced first aid and medical skills in remote environments around the world. It includes scenarios throughout the course including a night scenario exercise. Delivered by an expert faculty you will be guided through the course and upon successful completion be awarded the Remote Rescue Medic certificate, which is valid for 3 years.
Learn More£525.00 -
Beginners Navigation Course: Thursday 22nd August 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Thursday 26th September 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
Beginners Navigation Course: Friday 25th October 2013
We run navigation Training courses 365 days a year, just pick your date from the diary below. This mountain navigation course is ideal for anyone who wants to be self sufficient in the mountains of the UK. This course is perfect for anyone with little or no prior navigation experience. Whether you are a hill walker who wants to be able to head out in all weathers, considering enrolling on the Mountain Leader scheme, or a climber who wants to be able to navigate from the top of the route back down to the pub in the dark, the skills are the same. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lake District Photography Course: Wednesday 4th December 2013
We run Photography courses 365 days a year, these courses are provided by Stewart Smith, Landscape Photographer. The course is intended to cover the basics of photography, whilst taking in a full day walk amongst the photogenic Lake District scenery. We will cover aspects such as light, composition and exposure, including getting to grips with shutter speeds, aperture and ISO and how they can be adjusted to improve results. Learn More£125.00Add to Cart -
24 Peaks Challenge: Saturday 14th September 2013
The 24 Peaks Challenge is quite rightly considered one of the best challenge events in the Lake District. The route takes in 24 summits over 2'400ft in height in 24 hours, split over two days including Scafell Pike, Helvellyn, Bowfell and Great Gable. Do you have what it takes to complete the challenge in 24 hours? Learn More£175.00Add to Cart -
24 Peaks Challenge - Private Guiding
The 24 Peaks Challenge is quite rightly considered one of the best challenge events in the Lake District. The route takes in 24 summits over 2'400ft in height in 24 hours, split over two days including Scafell Pike, Helvellyn, Bowfell and Great Gable. Do you have what it takes to complete the challenge in 24 hours? Learn More -
Sale
10 Peaks Challenge: Saturday 17th May 2014
A hard challenge event based in the Lake District mountains climbing 10 of the highest summits in England. This event is one of the most challenging one day events on offer. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £70.00
Special Price: £50.00
-
Lakeland Summit Dash: Team Challenge: Saturday 3rd May 2014
A 2 day team event based in the Borrowdale Valley, compete against other teams to bag as many Lake District summits as you can over two days. Pints are awarded for each summit reached during the two days, from 1 point for the smallest summits to 10 points for Scafell Pike. Part of the challenge is to plan the best route each day to gain as many points as possible. Learn More£250.00Add to Cart -
Sale
The Cross Lakeland Challenge: Saturday 31st May 2014
A wonderful two day challenge crossing the Lake District National Park from East to West. From one Wasdale Valley to another. Transport to and from Ambleside is included each day. A great way to see diversity of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £175.00
Special Price: £145.00
-
Sale
The Wasdale Horseshoe: Saturday 20th September 2014
The mountain that surround the Wasdale Valley are some of the Highest in the Lake District, including the top two, Scafell Pike and Scafell. This challenge joins two separate groups of mountains in one epic walk that is sure to put your fitness to the test. Starting from Wasdale Head we climb via Yewbarrow onto the ridge that makes the horseshoe surrounding Pillar, and after completing this great group of mountains we climb over Great Gable to make our way to Scafell Pike, shortly followed by Scafell. An enjoyable challenge not to be underestimated. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £30.00
Special Price: £25.00
-
Sale
The Patterdale Horseshoe: Sunday 10th August 2014
A great long day on the fells above Patterdale this challenging route takes in many of the best mountains in the eastern Lake District including St Sundays Crag, Fairfield and High Street. A great challenge for those who are fit enough! Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £30.00
Special Price: £25.00
-
The Cross Lakeland Challenge: Private Guiding
A wonderful two day challenge crossing the Lake District National Park from East to West. From one Wasdale Valley to another. Transport to and from Ambleside is included each day. A great way to see diversity of the Lake District. Learn More -
Sale
Scafell Pike from Sea to Summit: Saturday 10th May 2014
A wonderful challenging day in the fells climbing Scafell pike from sea level. A linear walk from Ravenglass along the Eskdale Valley to the summit of Scafell Pike before descending to Wasdale Head. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £50.00
Special Price: £40.00
-
Sale
The Langdale Horseshoe: Saturday 13th September 2014
A long days walking above the Langdale Valley this is a great day out on the fells, covering the Langdale Pikes, Bowfell and the Crinkles this is a hard but wonderful guided walk. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £30.00
Special Price: £25.00
-
Sale
The Buttermere Horseshoe: Saturday 23rd August 2014
A long days walking above the Buttermere Valley, wonderful ridge walking with some stunning views makes this a great challenge walk for anyone. Highlights on the route include High Stile, Haystacks, Fleetwith Pike and Dale Head. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £30.00
Special Price: £25.00
-
10 Peaks Challenge - Private Guiding
A hard challenge event based in the Lake District mountains climbing 10 of the highest summits in England. This event is one of the most challenging one day events on offer. Learn More -
24 Peaks Challenge: Saturday 24th May 2014
The 24 Peaks Challenge is quite rightly considered one of the best challenge events in the Lake District. The route takes in 24 summits over 2'400ft in height in 24 hours, split over two days including Scafell Pike, Helvellyn, Bowfell and Great Gable. Do you have what it takes to complete the challenge in 24 hours? Learn More£175.00Add to Cart -
The Bob Graham 5 Day Challenge: Private Guiding
Fell runners aim to complete the Bob Graham Round within 24 hours, the record is a little under 14 hours, we aim to complete the circuit in 5 days of walking. A wonderful 5 days of walking, 42 summits and 72 miles beginning and finishing in Keswick. Learn More -
Sale
10 Peaks Challenge: Saturday 6th September 2014
A hard challenge event based in the Lake District mountains climbing 10 of the highest summits in England. This event is one of the most challenging one day events on offer. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £70.00
Special Price: £50.00
-
Sale
The Cross Lakeland Challenge: Saturday 23rd August 2014
A wonderful two day challenge crossing the Lake District National Park from East to West. From one Wasdale Valley to another. Transport to and from Ambleside is included each day. A great way to see diversity of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £175.00
Special Price: £145.00
-
Sale
Borrowdale 10 Challenge: Sunday 22nd June 2014
A great 1 day challenge event based in the Borrowdale Valley, near Keswick taking in 10 of the highest summits in England including Scafell Pike, the highest mountain in England. A wonderful long day in the mountains of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £30.00
Special Price: £25.00
-
National 3 Peaks Challenge: Private Guiding
The National 3 Peaks Challenge is another of our popular challenge events incorporating the three highest peaks in Scotland, England and Wales all within 24 hours. Learn More£1,500.00Add to Cart -
The Patterdale Horseshoe: Private Guiding
A great long day on the fells above Patterdale this challenging route takes in many of the best mountains in the eastern Lake District including St Sundays Crag, Fairfield and High Street. A great challenge for those who are fit enough! Learn More -
Sale
Scafell Pike from Sea to Summit: Saturday 27th September 2014
A wonderful challenging day in the fells climbing Scafell pike from sea level. A linear walk from Ravenglass along the Eskdale Valley to the summit of Scafell Pike before descending to Wasdale Head. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £50.00
Special Price: £40.00
-
Sale
The Wasdale Horseshoe: Saturday 7th June 2014
The mountain that surround the Wasdale Valley are some of the Highest in the Lake District, including the top two, Scafell Pike and Scafell. This challenge joins two separate groups of mountains in one epic walk that is sure to put your fitness to the test. Starting from Wasdale Head we climb via Yewbarrow onto the ridge that makes the horseshoe surrounding Pillar, and after completing this great group of mountains we climb over Great Gable to make our way to Scafell Pike, shortly followed by Scafell. An enjoyable challenge not to be underestimated. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £30.00
Special Price: £25.00
-
Sale
Borrowdale 10 Challenge: Friday 16th May 2014
A great 1 day challenge event based in the Borrowdale Valley, near Keswick taking in 10 of the highest summits in England including Scafell Pike, the highest mountain in England. A wonderful long day in the mountains of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £30.00
Special Price: £25.00
-
Sale
The Buttermere Horseshoe: Sunday 21st September 2014
A long days walking above the Buttermere Valley, wonderful ridge walking with some stunning views makes this a great challenge walk for anyone. Highlights on the route include High Stile, Haystacks, Fleetwith Pike and Dale Head. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £30.00
Special Price: £25.00
-
Borrowdale 10 Challenge: Private Guiding
A great 1 day challenge event based in the Borrowdale Valley, near Keswick taking in 10 of the highest summits in England including Scafell Pike, the highest mountain in England. A wonderful long day in the mountains of the Lake District. Learn More -
Sale
The Langdale Horseshoe: Sunday 11th May 2014
A long days walking above the Langdale Valley this is a great day out on the fells, covering the Langdale Pikes, Bowfell and the Crinkles this is a hard but wonderful guided walk. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £30.00
Special Price: £25.00
-
Sale
Lyke Wake Walk: Saturday 9th August 2014
One of the harder 24 hour challenge events the Lyke Wake Walk should not be underestimated, but if you are looking for a hard challenge event, look no further! Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £175.00
Special Price: £150.00
-
Sale
Borrowdale 10 Challenge: Saturday 30th August 2014
A great 1 day challenge event based in the Borrowdale Valley, near Keswick taking in 10 of the highest summits in England including Scafell Pike, the highest mountain in England. A wonderful long day in the mountains of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £30.00
Special Price: £25.00
-
The Lyke Wake Walk: Private Guiding
One of the harder 24 hour challenge events the Lyke Wake Walk should not be underestimated, but if you are looking for a hard challenge event, look no further! Learn More£600.00Add to Cart -
Castle Crag: Tuesday 20th August 2013
Castle Crag may be the lowest of Wainwright's Lake District fells but what it lacks in height it makes up for in interest. This guided walk through the Borrowdale Valley will take you from Grange by rivers, caves mines and some stunning views of mountains and lakes. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
High Rigg: Monday 9th December 2013
High Rigg above the valley of St Johns in the Vale is a wonderful low rambling ridge, scattered with rocky summits and tarns with some great views over Thirlmere and one of the best views of Blencatha. This guided walk follows the ridge from south to north to reach the summit of High Rigg before descending to St Johns. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Latrigg from Keswick: Private Guiding
This low fell dominates Keswick below, the views from the summit of Latrigg are stunning, with a wonderful panorama over Keswick and Derwentwater this short guided walk has something for everyone. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Wythop Fells: Private Guiding
At the north western edge of the Lake District lies the Wythop Valley, a beautiful, unspoilt valley. The two Wythop Fells, Sale Fell and Ling Fell make an enjoyable short, easier walk in beautiful, quiet surrounding. Learn More -
Silver How from Elterwater: Tuesday 17th December 2013
The rambling Silver How ridge climbs above the village of Elterwater, a ridge crammed full with interest, tarns, summits and some amazing views over Langdale, Windermere and Grasmere, this shorter guided walk climbs from Elterwater taking in the best parts of this wonderful fell. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Ard Crags: Tuesday 19th November 2013
At the head of the Newlands Valley lies the wonderful ridge of the Ard Crags and Knott Rigg, overshadowed by their higher neighbours this fine narrow ridge is a real pleasure to walk along. With stunning views over the Newlands Valley and of the high fells surrounding it and Buttermere this guided walk is a must. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Loughrigg from Ambleside: Friday 25th October 2013
The delightful little summit of Loughrigg sits at the head of Windermere, between the valleys of the Rothay and Brathay, giving wonderful views across both valleys to the higher fells beyond.
Although small in height it holds wonderful views over Grasmere to Helvellyn and the Fairfield Horseshoe to the east or across Langdale to the Langdale Pikes, Crinkles, Bowfell and the Coniston Fells to the west.
A great shorter walk for all the family Loughrigg is a great exploration, with it's many summits, tarns and caves there really is something for all!
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Silver How from Elterwater: Thursday 15th August 2013
The rambling Silver How ridge climbs above the village of Elterwater, a ridge crammed full with interest, tarns, summits and some amazing views over Langdale, Windermere and Grasmere, this shorter guided walk climbs from Elterwater taking in the best parts of this wonderful fell. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Sheffield Pike from Glenridding: Private Guiding
Sheffield Pike and Glenridding Dodd give unrivalled views over Glenridding and Ullswater below. These two smaller fells in the eastern Lake District make a wonderful shorter days walking. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Loughrigg from Ambleside: Thursday 19th December 2013
Loughrigg is one of the most delightful lower fells of the Lake District, there are so many routes up this rambling fell that it can be hard to choose the best route, this guided walk climbs from Ambleside, taking in the wonderful views over Windermere and Lilly Tarn before following the ridge to the summit of Loughrigg. Loughrigg Terrace and Big Cave will be seen on our descent with spectacular views throughout over the Langdale Valley, Grasmere and Rydal Water. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Sheffield Pike from Glenridding: Monday 11th November 2013
Sheffield Pike and Glenridding Dodd give unrivalled views over Glenridding and Ullswater below. These two smaller fells in the eastern Lake District make a wonderful shorter days walking. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Sallows and Sour Howes: Monday 4th November 2013
The two grassy summits of Sallows and Sour Howes offer some of the best views over Windermere. This guided walk climbs from Troutbeck by Garburn Pass and is a great shorter walk. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Catbells and Derwentwater: Thursday 26th December 2013
One of the most famous fells in the Lake District Catbells is the most prominent view across Derwentwater from Keswick, it is also the hill where Mrs Tiggy Winkle would hang out her washing according to Beatrix Potter! This guided walk will take the best route to the summit of this wonderful little fell before descending to walk back along the Derwentwater lakeshore. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Loughrigg from Ambleside: Private Guiding
Loughrigg is one of the most delightful lower fells of the Lake District, there are so many routes up this rambling fell that it can be hard to choose the best route, this guided walk climbs from Ambleside, taking in the wonderful views over Windermere and Lilly Tarn before following the ridge to the summit of Loughrigg. Loughrigg Terrace and Big Cave will be seen on our descent with spectacular views throughout over the Langdale Valley, Grasmere and Rydal Water. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Silver How from Elterwater: Wednesday 1st January 2014
The rambling Silver How ridge climbs above the village of Elterwater, a ridge crammed full with interest, tarns, summits and some amazing views over Langdale, Windermere and Grasmere, this shorter guided walk climbs from Elterwater taking in the best parts of this wonderful fell. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Loughrigg from Ambleside: Monday 19th August 2013
The delightful little summit of Loughrigg sits at the head of Windermere, between the valleys of the Rothay and Brathay, giving wonderful views across both valleys to the higher fells beyond.
Although small in height it holds wonderful views over Grasmere to Helvellyn and the Fairfield Horseshoe to the east or across Langdale to the Langdale Pikes, Crinkles, Bowfell and the Coniston Fells to the west.
A great shorter walk for all the family Loughrigg is a great exploration, with it's many summits, tarns and caves there really is something for all!
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Silver How from Elterwater: Monday 18th November 2013
The rambling Silver How ridge climbs above the village of Elterwater, a ridge crammed full with interest, tarns, summits and some amazing views over Langdale, Windermere and Grasmere, this shorter guided walk climbs from Elterwater taking in the best parts of this wonderful fell. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Loughrigg from Ambleside: Thursday 5th December 2013
Loughrigg is one of the most delightful lower fells of the Lake District, there are so many routes up this rambling fell that it can be hard to choose the best route, this guided walk climbs from Ambleside, taking in the wonderful views over Windermere and Lilly Tarn before following the ridge to the summit of Loughrigg. Loughrigg Terrace and Big Cave will be seen on our descent with spectacular views throughout over the Langdale Valley, Grasmere and Rydal Water. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Ard Crags: Monday 2nd September 2013
At the head of the Newlands Valley lies the wonderful ridge of the Ard Crags and Knott Rigg, overshadowed by their higher neighbours this fine narrow ridge is a real pleasure to walk along. With stunning views over the Newlands Valley and of the high fells surrounding it and Buttermere this guided walk is a must. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Sheffield Pike from Glenridding: Tuesday 6th August 2013
Sheffield Pike and Glenridding Dodd give unrivalled views over Glenridding and Ullswater below. These two smaller fells in the eastern Lake District make a wonderful shorter days walking. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Loughrigg from Ambleside: Tuesday 31st December 2013
Loughrigg is one of the most delightful lower fells of the Lake District, there are so many routes up this rambling fell that it can be hard to choose the best route, this guided walk climbs from Ambleside, taking in the wonderful views over Windermere and Lilly Tarn before following the ridge to the summit of Loughrigg. Loughrigg Terrace and Big Cave will be seen on our descent with spectacular views throughout over the Langdale Valley, Grasmere and Rydal Water. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Catbells and Derwentwater: Monday 2nd December 2013
One of the most famous fells in the Lake District Catbells is the most prominent view across Derwentwater from Keswick, it is also the hill where Mrs Tiggy Winkle would hang out her washing according to Beatrix Potter! This guided walk will take the best route to the summit of this wonderful little fell before descending to walk back along the Derwentwater lakeshore. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Castle Crag and Borrowdale: Private Guiding
Castle Crag may be the lowest of Wainwright's Lake District fells but what it lacks in height it makes up for in interest. This guided walk through the Borrowdale Valley will take you from Grange by rivers, caves mines and some stunning views of mountains and lakes. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lank Rigg & Whoap: Private Guiding
Lank Rigg is one of the least frequented fells in the Lake District, but with it's wonderful views over the coast towards the Isle of Man this short guided walk can be a wonderful short days excursion. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Catbells and Derwentwater: Private Guiding
One of the most famous fells in the Lake District Catbells is the most prominent view across Derwentwater from Keswick, it is also the hill where Mrs Tiggy Winkle would hang out her washing according to Beatrix Potter! This guided walk will take the best route to the summit of this wonderful little fell before descending to walk back along the Derwentwater lakeshore. Learn More -
Silver How from Elterwater: Friday 13th December 2013
The rambling Silver How ridge climbs above the village of Elterwater, a ridge crammed full with interest, tarns, summits and some amazing views over Langdale, Windermere and Grasmere, this shorter guided walk climbs from Elterwater taking in the best parts of this wonderful fell. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Low Fell & Fellbarrow: Friday 2nd August 2013
Low Fell above Loweswater and Lorton is a delightful lower summit, making a great half day or evening walk. The summit of Low Fell has some amazing views, specially when you consider the lowly altitude of the fell there are great views as far as Great Gable and Pillar as well as some great views over Crummock Water. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Loughrigg from Ambleside: Thursday 28th November 2013
Loughrigg is one of the most delightful lower fells of the Lake District, there are so many routes up this rambling fell that it can be hard to choose the best route, this guided walk climbs from Ambleside, taking in the wonderful views over Windermere and Lilly Tarn before following the ridge to the summit of Loughrigg. Loughrigg Terrace and Big Cave will be seen on our descent with spectacular views throughout over the Langdale Valley, Grasmere and Rydal Water. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Silver How from Elterwater: Thursday 25th July 2013
The rambling Silver How ridge climbs above the village of Elterwater, a ridge crammed full with interest, tarns, summits and some amazing views over Langdale, Windermere and Grasmere, this shorter guided walk climbs from Elterwater taking in the best parts of this wonderful fell. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Loughrigg from Ambleside: Sunday 22nd December 2013
Loughrigg is one of the most delightful lower fells of the Lake District, there are so many routes up this rambling fell that it can be hard to choose the best route, this guided walk climbs from Ambleside, taking in the wonderful views over Windermere and Lilly Tarn before following the ridge to the summit of Loughrigg. Loughrigg Terrace and Big Cave will be seen on our descent with spectacular views throughout over the Langdale Valley, Grasmere and Rydal Water. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Sheffield Pike from Glenridding: Sunday 8th December 2013
Sheffield Pike and Glenridding Dodd give unrivalled views over Glenridding and Ullswater below. These two smaller fells in the eastern Lake District make a wonderful shorter days walking. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Sallows and Sour Howes: Saturday 7th December 2013
The two grassy summits of Sallows and Sour Howes offer some of the best views over Windermere. This guided walk climbs from Troutbeck by Garburn Pass and is a great shorter walk. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
High Rigg: Tuesday 5th November 2013
High Rigg above the valley of St Johns in the Vale is a wonderful low rambling ridge, scattered with rocky summits and tarns with some great views over Thirlmere and one of the best views of Blencatha. This guided walk follows the ridge from south to north to reach the summit of High Rigg before descending to St Johns. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Catbells and Derwentwater: Sunday 29th December 2013
One of the most famous fells in the Lake District Catbells is the most prominent view across Derwentwater from Keswick, it is also the hill where Mrs Tiggy Winkle would hang out her washing according to Beatrix Potter! This guided walk will take the best route to the summit of this wonderful little fell before descending to walk back along the Derwentwater lakeshore. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
High Rigg: Private Guiding
High Rigg above the valley of St Johns in the Vale is a wonderful low rambling ridge, scattered with rocky summits and tarns with some great views over Thirlmere and one of the best views of Blencatha. This guided walk follows the ridge from south to north to reach the summit of High Rigg before descending to St Johns. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Silver How from Elterwater: Saturday 28th December 2013
The rambling Silver How ridge climbs above the village of Elterwater, a ridge crammed full with interest, tarns, summits and some amazing views over Langdale, Windermere and Grasmere, this shorter guided walk climbs from Elterwater taking in the best parts of this wonderful fell. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Ard Crags: Private Guiding
At the head of the Newlands Valley lies the wonderful ridge of the Ard Crags and Knott Rigg, overshadowed by their higher neighbours this fine narrow ridge is a real pleasure to walk along. With stunning views over the Newlands Valley and of the high fells surrounding it and Buttermere this guided walk is a must. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Loughrigg from Ambleside: Wednesday 4th September 2013
Loughrigg is one of the most delightful lower fells of the Lake District, there are so many routes up this rambling fell that it can be hard to choose the best route, this guided walk climbs from Ambleside, taking in the wonderful views over Windermere and Lilly Tarn before following the ridge to the summit of Loughrigg. Loughrigg Terrace and Big Cave will be seen on our descent with spectacular views throughout over the Langdale Valley, Grasmere and Rydal Water. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Silver How from Elterwater: Thursday 24th October 2013
The rambling Silver How ridge climbs above the village of Elterwater, a ridge crammed full with interest, tarns, summits and some amazing views over Langdale, Windermere and Grasmere, this shorter guided walk climbs from Elterwater taking in the best parts of this wonderful fell. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Loughrigg from Ambleside: Thursday 12th December 2013
Loughrigg is one of the most delightful lower fells of the Lake District, there are so many routes up this rambling fell that it can be hard to choose the best route, this guided walk climbs from Ambleside, taking in the wonderful views over Windermere and Lilly Tarn before following the ridge to the summit of Loughrigg. Loughrigg Terrace and Big Cave will be seen on our descent with spectacular views throughout over the Langdale Valley, Grasmere and Rydal Water. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Sheffield Pike from Glenridding: Monday 16th September 2013
Sheffield Pike and Glenridding Dodd give unrivalled views over Glenridding and Ullswater below. These two smaller fells in the eastern Lake District make a wonderful shorter days walking. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Sallows & Sour Howes: Private Guiding
The two grassy summits of Sallows and Sour Howes offer some of the best views over Windermere. This guided walk climbs from Troutbeck by Garburn Pass and is a great shorter walk. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Sallows and Sour Howes: Friday 18th October 2013
The two grassy summits of Sallows and Sour Howes offer some of the best views over Windermere. This guided walk climbs from Troutbeck by Garburn Pass and is a great shorter walk. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Catbells and Derwentwater: Sunday 15th December 2013
One of the most famous fells in the Lake District Catbells is the most prominent view across Derwentwater from Keswick, it is also the hill where Mrs Tiggy Winkle would hang out her washing according to Beatrix Potter! This guided walk will take the best route to the summit of this wonderful little fell before descending to walk back along the Derwentwater lakeshore. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Low Fell & Fellbarrow: Private Guiding
Low Fell above Loweswater and Lorton is a delightful lower summit, making a great half day or evening walk. The summit of Low Fell has some amazing views, specially when you consider the lowly altitude of the fell there are great views as far as Great Gable and Pillar as well as some great views over Crummock Water. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Binsey from Binsey Lodge: Private Guiding
Binsey, the north western outpost of the Lake District stands alone beyond the popular high fells, but the summit of this small hill can make a wonderful viewpoint of both the high fells to the south and east as well as to the north and west across the Solway coast to Scotland. Learn More£50.00Add to Cart -
Silver How from Elterwater: Private Guiding
The rambling Silver How ridge climbs above the village of Elterwater, a ridge crammed full with interest, tarns, summits and some amazing views over Langdale, Windermere and Grasmere, this shorter guided walk climbs from Elterwater taking in the best parts of this wonderful fell. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Silver How from Elterwater: Tuesday 3rd December 2013
The rambling Silver How ridge climbs above the village of Elterwater, a ridge crammed full with interest, tarns, summits and some amazing views over Langdale, Windermere and Grasmere, this shorter guided walk climbs from Elterwater taking in the best parts of this wonderful fell. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Loughrigg from Ambleside: Friday 29th November 2013
The delightful little summit of Loughrigg sits at the head of Windermere, between the valleys of the Rothay and Brathay, giving wonderful views across both valleys to the higher fells beyond.
Although small in height it holds wonderful views over Grasmere to Helvellyn and the Fairfield Horseshoe to the east or across Langdale to the Langdale Pikes, Crinkles, Bowfell and the Coniston Fells to the west.
A great shorter walk for all the family Loughrigg is a great exploration, with it's many summits, tarns and caves there really is something for all!
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Hallin Fell from Martindale: Private Guiding
A short walk to a stunning view on one of the lesser summits of the Lake District. The wonderful summit of Hallin Fell offers some of the best views over Ullswater and Martindale. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Ard Crags: Monday 16th December 2013
At the head of the Newlands Valley lies the wonderful ridge of the Ard Crags and Knott Rigg, overshadowed by their higher neighbours this fine narrow ridge is a real pleasure to walk along. With stunning views over the Newlands Valley and of the high fells surrounding it and Buttermere this guided walk is a must. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Loughrigg from Ambleside: Tuesday 24th December 2013
Loughrigg is one of the most delightful lower fells of the Lake District, there are so many routes up this rambling fell that it can be hard to choose the best route, this guided walk climbs from Ambleside, taking in the wonderful views over Windermere and Lilly Tarn before following the ridge to the summit of Loughrigg. Loughrigg Terrace and Big Cave will be seen on our descent with spectacular views throughout over the Langdale Valley, Grasmere and Rydal Water. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Newlands Horseshoe: Sunday 3rd November 2013
One of the best horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Newlands Horseshoe is a walk all keen fellwalkers. Six wonderful summits above the Newlands Valley with views across Buttermere and Derwentwater. Learn More£20.00 -
Newlands Walking Weekend: Saturday 7th September 2013
Two great days of guided walking above the picturesque Newlands Valley near Keswick. Two of the best horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Coledale Horseshoe and the Newlands Horseshoe are two walks not to miss. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
Grasmoor from Buttermere: Private Guiding
This guided walk climbs the southern slopes of Grasmoor from Buttermere, climbing along the fine Whiteless Pike ridge. On a good day the views from this route are as good as any in the Lake District. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Saturday 27th July 2013
The Fairfield Horseshoe is a great day out for everyone, although a long walk the pace is steady allowing time to bask in the glory of this stunning part of the Lakes.
The start up Nab Scar from Ambleside is hard and steep but once on the ridge it's relatively easy going.
There is plenty of time to take in the wonderful views of amongst others Helvellyn & Striding Edge, Windermere, Morecambe Bay and the Langdale Pikes.
Our instructors have a detailed knowledge of the Fairfield area so why not join in one of our guided walks.
Learn More£20.00 -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Saturday 12th October 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00 -
Skiddaw and Ullock Pike: Tuesday 30th July 2013
The Ullock Pike ridge to Skiddaw is without doubt the best way to climb Skiddaw. This glorious ridge climbs from High Side near Bassenthwaite with wonderful views over Bassenthwaite Lake and then south towards Derwentwater and Borrowdale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Pillar from Wasdale Head: Private Guiding
The Moesdale Horseshoe from Wasdale Head is a glorious ridge walk, one of the best walks in the Lake District. This guided walk follows the full horseshoe, climbing Pillar, Scoat Fell, Steeple, Red Pike and Yewbarrow. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 7th September 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 5th October 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Red Screes from Ambleside: Friday 8th November 2013
Red Screes towers above the Kirkstone Pass, the steep rocky slopes look almost impenetrable, but from Ambleside a long gentle slope climbs directly to the summit. The summit of Red Screes is a wonderful viewpoint over much of the Lake District. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Saturday 21st September 2013
The Fairfield Horseshoe is a great day out for everyone, although a long walk the pace is steady allowing time to bask in the glory of this stunning part of the Lakes.
The start up Nab Scar from Ambleside is hard and steep but once on the ridge it's relatively easy going.
There is plenty of time to take in the wonderful views of amongst others Helvellyn & Striding Edge, Windermere, Morecambe Bay and the Langdale Pikes.
Our instructors have a detailed knowledge of the Fairfield area so why not join in one of our guided walks.
Learn More£20.00 -
High Raise from Grasmere: Saturday 17th August 2013
High Raise is one of the most central fells in the Lake District making it a wonderful viewpoint over the whole of Lakeland. This guided walk climbs High Raise from Grasmere climbing the ridges surrounding Easdale Tarn, wonderful walking with stunning views throughout. Learn More£20.00 -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Thursday 25th July 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Skiddaw and Ullock Pike: Tuesday 17th December 2013
The Ullock Pike ridge to Skiddaw is without doubt the best way to climb Skiddaw. This glorious ridge climbs from High Side near Bassenthwaite with wonderful views over Bassenthwaite Lake and then south towards Derwentwater and Borrowdale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Martindale Skyline: Private Guiding
This guided walk makes a wonderful circuit of the high fells surrounding the Martindale Valley. Dramatic views and tranquil valleys make a wonderful backdrop to this under appreciated horseshoe walk. Learn More£100.00 -
Ring of Steall: Sunday 8th September 2013
The Ring of Steall is a real classic mountain route combining the traverse of four Munros with scrambling along narrow, rocky aretes. The route takes in An Gearanach, Stob Choire a Chairn, Am Bodach and then follows The Devils Ridge to Sgurr a'Mhaim. Learn More£40.00 -
The Coniston Fells: Tuesday 30th July 2013
The Old Man of Coniston is one of the most popular summits in the Lake District, and you can see why, with its wonderful panorama from the summit stretching from the Yorkshire Dales across Morecambe Bay to the Scafell range. The other summits should not be missed either, Dow Crag, Swirl How and Wetherlam are all great summits. Learn More£20.00 -
The Coniston Fells: Tuesday 8th October 2013
The Old Man of Coniston is one of the most popular summits in the Lake District, and you can see why, with its wonderful panorama from the summit stretching from the Yorkshire Dales across Morecambe Bay to the Scafell range. The other summits should not be missed either, Dow Crag, Swirl How and Wetherlam are all great summits. Learn More£20.00 -
The Martindale Skyline: Friday 26th July 2013
This guided walk makes a wonderful circuit of the high fells surrounding the Martindale Valley. Dramatic views and tranquil valleys make a wonderful backdrop to this under appreciated horseshoe walk. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 2nd November 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell & Scafell Pike: Wednesday 14th August 2013
The Wasdale side of the Scafell Range offers the best opportunity to climb the two highest mountains in the Lake District together. This guided walk climbs Scafell Pike by Lingmell Col before descending by Mickledore and climbing Scafell by Foxes Tarn. Learn More£20.00 -
The Lakeland 3000ft Peaks: Tuesday 24th September 2013
Three wonderful guided walks taking in the four highest summits in the Lake District. Climbing Scafell, Scafell Pike, Helvellyn and Skiddaw in the space of three days. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
Coledale Horseshoe: Private Guiding
The Coledale Horseshoe is one of the great horseshoe walks in the Lake District, high above the village of Braithwaite, near Keswick this guided walk takes in many of the wonderful summits above the Newlands Valley including Grisedale Pike, Eel Crag and Causey Pike. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Friday 15th November 2013
The Fairfield Horseshoe is a great day out for everyone, although a long walk the pace is steady allowing time to bask in the glory of this stunning part of the Lakes.
The start up Nab Scar from Ambleside is hard and steep but once on the ridge it's relatively easy going.
There is plenty of time to take in the wonderful views of amongst others Helvellyn & Striding Edge, Windermere, Morecambe Bay and the Langdale Pikes.
Our instructors have a detailed knowledge of the Fairfield area so why not join in one of our guided walks.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Sunday 25th August 2013
One of the most spectacular mountaineering routes in England, the Striding Edge ridge is rightly extremely popular and famous.
In all but the best weather conditions the ridge can be daunting to the inexperienced and should not be underestimated! With it's high levels of exposure this exciting ridge is bound to get your adrenaline pumping.
Why not let our experienced instructors guide you safely, making the most of the rocky ridge to the summit of Helvellyn.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Crinkles and Bowfell: Monday 19th August 2013
The ridge traversing Bowfell and the Crinkles makes one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, a brilliant ridge, rocky and with stunning views crossing Bowfell, the fifth highest summit in the Lake District and the fine Crinkles ridge. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 27th November 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 31st July 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00 -
The 3 County Peaks: Tuesday 8th October 2013
Three days climbing some of the most iconic summits in the Lake District. Three days of guided walking climbing Scafell Pike, Helvellyn and the Old Man of Coniston. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
Wetherlam from Little Langdale: Sunday 24th November 2013
Wetherlam is amongst the favourites of many fellwalkers, it's huge rambling summit takes many visits to get to know. This guided walk from Little Langdale follows the ridge from Wetherlam over Swirl How descending along Wet Side Edge back to Little Langdale, a great days walking. Learn More£20.00 -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Sunday 29th September 2013
One of the most spectacular mountaineering routes in England, the Striding Edge ridge is rightly extremely popular and famous.
In all but the best weather conditions the ridge can be daunting to the inexperienced and should not be underestimated! With it's high levels of exposure this exciting ridge is bound to get your adrenaline pumping.
Why not let our experienced instructors guide you safely, making the most of the rocky ridge to the summit of Helvellyn.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
High Raise from Grasmere: Private Guiding
High Raise is one of the most central fells in the Lake District making it a wonderful viewpoint over the whole of Lakeland. This guided walk climbs High Raise from Grasmere climbing the ridges surrounding Easdale Tarn, wonderful walking with stunning views throughout. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Great Gable from Seatoller: Private Guiding
A circuit taking in the two northern ridges of Great Gable, from Honister Pass we will follow the ridge south over Grey Knotts and Brandreth before climbing over Green Gable to the wonderful summit of Great Gable. From Great Gable we will return to the summit of Green Gable, this time descending over the Base Brown ridge and alongside Sour Milk Gill to Seathwaite. Learn More -
The Crinkles and Bowfell: Monday 21st October 2013
The ridge traversing Bowfell and the Crinkles makes one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, a brilliant ridge, rocky and with stunning views crossing Bowfell, the fifth highest summit in the Lake District and the fine Crinkles ridge. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Saturday 20th July 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wedneday 9th October 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Wasdale Head: Private Guiding
This guided walk, climbing Scafell Pike from Wasdale Head gives the most direct route to the summit of the highest point in England. The shortest and easiest way to climb Scafell Pike. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Wetherlam from Little Langdale: Private Guiding
Wetherlam is amongst the favourites of many fellwalkers, it's huge rambling summit takes many visits to get to know. This guided walk from Little Langdale follows the ridge from Wetherlam over Swirl How descending along Wet Side Edge back to Little Langdale, a great days walking. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
A Weekend at Black Sail: Saturday 21st September 2013
The Black Sail Hut at the head of the Ennerdale Valley is the most remote hostel in the country, a night at the Black Sail Hut is a must for any lover of the Lake District. This weekend takes in all the summits surrounding the Ennerdale Valley including Pillar, Great Gable and Haystacks whilst spending the night at Black Sail. Learn More£80.00Add to Cart -
Pillar & the High Level Route: Friday 11th October 2013
Pillar, the 8th highest summit in England is one of the most spectacular mountains in the Lake District. From Wasdale Head the Moesdale Horseshoe is one of the classic ridge walks in the Lakes. The High Level Route is a fantastic path skirting around the Ennerdale Face of Pillar to Pillar Rock, one of the best mountain days in the Lake District. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Crinkles and Bowfell: Monday 16th December 2013
The ridge traversing Bowfell and the Crinkles makes one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, a brilliant ridge, rocky and with stunning views crossing Bowfell, the fifth highest summit in the Lake District and the fine Crinkles ridge. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Thursday 29th August 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 14th December 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00 -
National 3 Peaks in 3 Days: Private Guiding
The National 3 Peaks Challenge is another of our popular challenge events incorporating the three highest peaks in Scotland, England and Wales over the space of three days. Learn More£1,500.00Add to Cart -
Great Gable from Seathwaite: Sunday 11th August 2013
Great Gable, one of the most famous mountains in the Lake District, this guided walk climbs from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley with wonderful views of the surrounding high fells as well as lakes and waterfalls. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 7th August 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Great Gable from Seathwaite: Private Guiding
Great Gable, one of the most famous mountains in the Lake District, this guided walk climbs from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley with wonderful views of the surrounding high fells as well as lakes and waterfalls. Learn More£100.00 -
Fairfield from Patterdale: Saturday 7th December 2013
This wonderful route climbing Fairfield from the Patterdale Valley is also known as the Deepdale Round, this guided walk takes in the more dramatic side of the Fairfield massif, including the dramatic summits of St Sundays Crag and Arnison Crag, a classic Lake District horseshoe walk. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Thursday 3rd October 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00 -
Red Screes from Ambleside: Private Guiding
Red Screes towers above the Kirkstone Pass, the steep rocky slopes look almost impenetrable, but from Ambleside a long gentle slope climbs directly to the summit. The summit of Red Screes is a wonderful viewpoint over much of the Lake District. Learn More£100.00 -
The Buttermere Fells: Saturday 30th November 2013
The High Stile ridge is one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, with stunning views over Buttermere throughout and some great rocky scenery this walk has a little of everything. Learn More£20.00 -
Great Gable from Seathwaite: Sunday 22nd December 2013
Great Gable, one of the most famous mountains in the Lake District, this guided walk climbs from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley with wonderful views of the surrounding high fells as well as lakes and waterfalls. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 4th September 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 21st September 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Red Screes from Ambleside: Sunday 28th July 2013
Red Screes towers above the Kirkstone Pass, the steep rocky slopes look almost impenetrable, but from Ambleside a long gentle slope climbs directly to the summit. The summit of Red Screes is a wonderful viewpoint over much of the Lake District. Learn More£20.00 -
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Private Guiding
One of the most popular horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Fairfield Horseshoe is a glorious walk with some splendid views. Beginning and finishing in Ambleside this guided walk takes in 8 Wainwright summits. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Tuesday 3rd September 2013
One of the most popular horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Fairfield Horseshoe is a glorious walk with some splendid views. Beginning and finishing in Ambleside this guided walk takes in 8 Wainwright summits. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
High Street from Patterdale: Friday 16th August 2013
One of our more popular guided walks this route climbs High Street from Patterdale, with stunning views of the eastern Lake District fells throughout. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Skiddaw and Ullock Pike: Tuesday 22nd October 2013
The Ullock Pike ridge to Skiddaw is without doubt the best way to climb Skiddaw. This glorious ridge climbs from High Side near Bassenthwaite with wonderful views over Bassenthwaite Lake and then south towards Derwentwater and Borrowdale. Learn More£20.00 -
Coledale Horseshoe: Saturday 2nd November 2013
The Coledale Horseshoe is one of the great horseshoe walks in the Lake District, high above the village of Braithwaite, near Keswick this guided walk takes in many of the wonderful summits above the Newlands Valley including Grisedale Pike, Eel Crag and Causey Pike. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 19th October 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Coniston Fells: Private Guiding
The Old Man of Coniston is one of the most popular summits in the Lake District, and you can see why, with its wonderful panorama from the summit stretching from the Yorkshire Dales across Morecambe Bay to the Scafell range. The other summits should not be missed either, Dow Crag, Swirl How and Wetherlam are all great summits. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Tuesday 29th October 2013
One of the most popular horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Fairfield Horseshoe is a glorious walk with some splendid views. Beginning and finishing in Ambleside this guided walk takes in 8 Wainwright summits. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
High Raise from Grasmere: Tuesday 5th November 2013
High Raise is one of the most central fells in the Lake District making it a wonderful viewpoint over the whole of Lakeland. This guided walk climbs High Raise from Grasmere climbing the ridges surrounding Easdale Tarn, wonderful walking with stunning views throughout. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Sunday 18th August 2013
One of the most spectacular mountaineering routes in England, the Striding Edge ridge is rightly extremely popular and famous.
In all but the best weather conditions the ridge can be daunting to the inexperienced and should not be underestimated! With it's high levels of exposure this exciting ridge is bound to get your adrenaline pumping.
Why not let our experienced instructors guide you safely, making the most of the rocky ridge to the summit of Helvellyn.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Coniston Fells: Saturday 28th September 2013
The Old Man of Coniston is one of the most popular summits in the Lake District, and you can see why, with its wonderful panorama from the summit stretching from the Yorkshire Dales across Morecambe Bay to the Scafell range. The other summits should not be missed either, Dow Crag, Swirl How and Wetherlam are all great summits. Learn More£20.00 -
The Caldbeck Fells: Tuesday 20th August 2013
The Caldbeck Fells are the northernmost outpost of the Lake District, this guided walk makes a long circuit of the main ridges in the area including High Pike and Carrock Fell. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Coniston Fells: Saturday 23rd November 2013
The Old Man of Coniston is one of the most popular summits in the Lake District, and you can see why, with its wonderful panorama from the summit stretching from the Yorkshire Dales across Morecambe Bay to the Scafell range. The other summits should not be missed either, Dow Crag, Swirl How and Wetherlam are all great summits. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 16th November 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 17th July 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00 -
The 3 County Peaks: Tuesday 10th September 2013
Three days climbing some of the most iconic summits in the Lake District. Three days of guided walking climbing Scafell Pike, Helvellyn and the Old Man of Coniston. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
Wetherlam from Little Langdale: Sunday 29th September 2013
Wetherlam is amongst the favourites of many fellwalkers, it's huge rambling summit takes many visits to get to know. This guided walk from Little Langdale follows the ridge from Wetherlam over Swirl How descending along Wet Side Edge back to Little Langdale, a great days walking. Learn More£20.00 -
The Buttermere Fells Extended: Private Guiding
High Stile ridge makes a wonderful days walking, this extended version of the ridge takes in all summits from Great Bourne to High Crag. A great days walking with stunning views over Buttermere and Ennerdale. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Tuesday 24th December 2013
One of the most popular horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Fairfield Horseshoe is a glorious walk with some splendid views. Beginning and finishing in Ambleside this guided walk takes in 8 Wainwright summits. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
High Street from Patterdale: Sunday 4th August 2013
One of our more popular guided walks this route climbs High Street from Patterdale, with stunning views of the eastern Lake District fells throughout. Learn More£20.00 -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Thursday 19th September 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Crinkles and Bowfell: Monday 23rd September 2013
The ridge traversing Bowfell and the Crinkles makes one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, a brilliant ridge, rocky and with stunning views crossing Bowfell, the fifth highest summit in the Lake District and the fine Crinkles ridge. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 18th December 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 11th September 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00 -
A Weekend at Black Sail: Private Guiding
The Black Sail Hut at the head of the Ennerdale Valley is the most remote hostel in the country, a night at the Black Sail Hut is a must for any lover of the Lake District. This weekend takes in all the summits surrounding the Ennerdale Valley including Pillar, Great Gable and Haystacks whilst spending the night at Black Sail. Learn More£300.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Sunday 20th October 2013
One of the most spectacular mountaineering routes in England, the Striding Edge ridge is rightly extremely popular and famous.
In all but the best weather conditions the ridge can be daunting to the inexperienced and should not be underestimated! With it's high levels of exposure this exciting ridge is bound to get your adrenaline pumping.
Why not let our experienced instructors guide you safely, making the most of the rocky ridge to the summit of Helvellyn.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Crinkles and Bowfell: Friday 22nd November 2013
The ridge traversing Bowfell and the Crinkles makes one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, a brilliant ridge, rocky and with stunning views crossing Bowfell, the fifth highest summit in the Lake District and the fine Crinkles ridge. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Saturday 10th August 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 20th November 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00 -
Great Borne and Starling Dodd from Ennerdale: Private Guiding
A good walk with some stunning views from these lesser known summits on the western edge of the Lake District. This guided walk takes in the summits of Great Borne and Starling Dodd before climbing to the wonderful Red Pike before returning along the Ennerdale Water lake-shore track. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Skiddaw and the Ospreys: Tuesday 13th August 2013
The Ullock Pike ridge to Skiddaw is without doubt the best way to climb Skiddaw. This glorious ridge climbs from High Side near Bassenthwaite with wonderful views over Bassenthwaite Lake and then south towards Derwentwater and Borrowdale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Skiddaw and Ullock Pike: Private Guiding
The Ullock Pike ridge to Skiddaw is without doubt the best way to climb Skiddaw. This glorious ridge climbs from High Side near Bassenthwaite with wonderful views over Bassenthwaite Lake and then south towards Derwentwater and Borrowdale. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Grasmoor from Buttermere: Thursday 3rd October 2013
This guided walk climbs the southern slopes of Grasmoor from Buttermere, climbing along the fine Whiteless Pike ridge. On a good day the views from this route are as good as any in the Lake District. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 27th July 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Great Gable Traverse: Private Guiding
The south traverse of Great Gable is considered by many to be one of the best paths in the Lake District, it takes in some spectacular scenery, from the views down into the Wasdale Valley and to Wastwater and up towards the crags above where we will see Napes Needle and Sphinx Rock. Learn More£100.00 -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Saturday 14th September 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00 -
The Buttermere Fells: Saturday 5th October 2013
The High Stile ridge is one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, with stunning views over Buttermere throughout and some great rocky scenery this walk has a little of everything. Learn More£20.00 -
Great Gable from Seathwaite: Thursday 14th November 2013
Great Gable, one of the most famous mountains in the Lake District, this guided walk climbs from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley with wonderful views of the surrounding high fells as well as lakes and waterfalls. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 24th August 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Newlands Horseshoe: Tuesday 12th November 2013
One of the best horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Newlands Horseshoe is a walk all keen fellwalkers. Six wonderful summits above the Newlands Valley with views across Buttermere and Derwentwater. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Newlands Walking Weekend: Saturday 2nd November 2013
Two great days of guided walking above the picturesque Newlands Valley near Keswick. Two of the best horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Coledale Horseshoe and the Newlands Horseshoe are two walks not to miss. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
Grasmoor End to Whiteside: Private Guiding
The southern flank of Grasmoor when viewed from Lanthwaite Green below looks impenetrable but there is a route for walkers climbing here, this route up Grasmoor End offers some of the most dramatic views over Buttermere and Crummock Water and east across the whole Lake District. Once the summit of Grasmoor is reached this guided walk descends to Coledale Hause and returns to Lanthwaite Green over the wonderful Whiteside ridge. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Tuesday 6th August 2013
One of the most popular horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Fairfield Horseshoe is a glorious walk with some splendid views. Beginning and finishing in Ambleside this guided walk takes in 8 Wainwright summits. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Thursday 24th October 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00 -
Skiddaw and Ullock Pike: Tuesday 24th September 2013
The Ullock Pike ridge to Skiddaw is without doubt the best way to climb Skiddaw. This glorious ridge climbs from High Side near Bassenthwaite with wonderful views over Bassenthwaite Lake and then south towards Derwentwater and Borrowdale. Learn More£20.00 -
Pillar & the High Level Route: Private Guiding
Pillar, the 8th highest summit in England is one of the most spectacular mountains in the Lake District. From Wasdale Head the Moesdale Horseshoe is one of the classic ridge walks in the Lakes. The High Level Route is a fantastic path skirting around the Ennerdale Face of Pillar to Pillar Rock, one of the best mountain days in the Lake District. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Coledale Horseshoe: Friday 30th August 2013
The Coledale Horseshoe is one of the great horseshoe walks in the Lake District, high above the village of Braithwaite, near Keswick this guided walk takes in many of the wonderful summits above the Newlands Valley including Grisedale Pike, Eel Crag and Causey Pike. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Yewbarrow & Haycock: Private Guiding
A great days walking on the quieter side of the Wasdale Valley taking in the summits of Yewbarrow, Red Pike, Scoat Fell, the wonderful Steeple as well as Haycock and the remote Scoat Fell Learn More -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 14th September 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 12th October 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Red Screes from Ambleside: Sunday 10th November 2013
Red Screes towers above the Kirkstone Pass, the steep rocky slopes look almost impenetrable, but from Ambleside a long gentle slope climbs directly to the summit. The summit of Red Screes is a wonderful viewpoint over much of the Lake District. Learn More£20.00 -
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Tuesday 1st October 2013
The Fairfield Horseshoe is a great day out for everyone, although a long walk the pace is steady allowing time to bask in the glory of this stunning part of the Lakes.
The start up Nab Scar from Ambleside is hard and steep but once on the ridge it's relatively easy going.
There is plenty of time to take in the wonderful views of amongst others Helvellyn & Striding Edge, Windermere, Morecambe Bay and the Langdale Pikes.
Our instructors have a detailed knowledge of the Fairfield area so why not join in one of our guided walks.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
High Raise from Grasmere: Friday 23rd August 2013
High Raise is one of the most central fells in the Lake District making it a wonderful viewpoint over the whole of Lakeland. This guided walk climbs High Raise from Grasmere climbing the ridges surrounding Easdale Tarn, wonderful walking with stunning views throughout. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Sunday 28th July 2013
One of the most spectacular mountaineering routes in England, the Striding Edge ridge is rightly extremely popular and famous.
In all but the best weather conditions the ridge can be daunting to the inexperienced and should not be underestimated! With it's high levels of exposure this exciting ridge is bound to get your adrenaline pumping.
Why not let our experienced instructors guide you safely, making the most of the rocky ridge to the summit of Helvellyn.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Fort William Walking Weekend: Saturday 20th July 2013
Two wonderful days guided walking above Fort William including a long day on Ben Nevis and the Ring of Steall. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £40.00
-
The Coniston Fells: Tuesday 27th August 2013
The Old Man of Coniston is one of the most popular summits in the Lake District, and you can see why, with its wonderful panorama from the summit stretching from the Yorkshire Dales across Morecambe Bay to the Scafell range. The other summits should not be missed either, Dow Crag, Swirl How and Wetherlam are all great summits. Learn More£20.00 -
The Coniston Fells: Friday 1st November 2013
The Old Man of Coniston is one of the most popular summits in the Lake District, and you can see why, with its wonderful panorama from the summit stretching from the Yorkshire Dales across Morecambe Bay to the Scafell range. The other summits should not be missed either, Dow Crag, Swirl How and Wetherlam are all great summits. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 6th November 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell & Scafell Pike: Wednesday 25th September 2013
The Wasdale side of the Scafell Range offers the best opportunity to climb the two highest mountains in the Lake District together. This guided walk climbs Scafell Pike by Lingmell Col before descending by Mickledore and climbing Scafell by Foxes Tarn. Learn More£20.00 -
The Lakeland 3000ft Peaks: Tuesday 22nd October 2013
Three wonderful guided walks taking in the four highest summits in the Lake District. Climbing Scafell, Scafell Pike, Helvellyn and Skiddaw in the space of three days. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Tuesday 26th November 2013
One of the most popular horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Fairfield Horseshoe is a glorious walk with some splendid views. Beginning and finishing in Ambleside this guided walk takes in 8 Wainwright summits. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Thursday 5th September 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
High Street from Mardale: Private Guiding
High Street, the highest of the far eastern Lake District fells is a wonderful viewpoint, both over the eastern Lake District and east over the Yorkshire Dales and Pennines. This wonderful guided walk climbs from Mardale Head on the shores of Haweswater, a beautiful remote part of the Lakes. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Crinkles and Bowfell: Saturday 24th August 2013
The ridge traversing Bowfell and the Crinkles makes one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, a brilliant ridge, rocky and with stunning views crossing Bowfell, the fifth highest summit in the Lake District and the fine Crinkles ridge. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 4th December 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 10th August 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00 -
The 3 County Peaks: Wednesday 30th October 2013
Three days climbing some of the most iconic summits in the Lake District. Three days of guided walking climbing Scafell Pike, Helvellyn and the Old Man of Coniston. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
Bowfell & the Great Slab: Private Guiding
Bowfell is on of the most spectacular summits in the Lake District, it's rocky summit has wonderful views, possible the best view of the Scafell range. This guided walk takes an equally impressive route to the summit, climbing by the Great Slab, a giant angled slab of rock that is easily walked over. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Sunday 6th October 2013
One of the most spectacular mountaineering routes in England, the Striding Edge ridge is rightly extremely popular and famous.
In all but the best weather conditions the ridge can be daunting to the inexperienced and should not be underestimated! With it's high levels of exposure this exciting ridge is bound to get your adrenaline pumping.
Why not let our experienced instructors guide you safely, making the most of the rocky ridge to the summit of Helvellyn.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
High Raise from Borrowdale: Private Guiding
High Raise is the highest of the Central Fells, and a wonderful viewpoint over almost all of the Lake District, this guided walk climbs High Raise from Stonethwaite in the Borrowdale Valley. Learn More£100.00 -
Great End from Langdale: Private Guiding
The high summits around Esk Hause make a great days walking from the Langdale Valley, with stunning views of the surrounding fells including the Scafell range this walk takes you to the real heart of the Lake District. Learn More -
The Crinkles and Bowfell: Monday 4th November 2013
The ridge traversing Bowfell and the Crinkles makes one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, a brilliant ridge, rocky and with stunning views crossing Bowfell, the fifth highest summit in the Lake District and the fine Crinkles ridge. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Thursday 1st August 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 30th October 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00 -
Above Ennerdale to Caw Fell: Private Guiding
The fells above the Ennerdale Valley give some wonderful walking in one of the most remote areas of the Lake District. This guided walk includes the summits of Caw Fell and Haycock before a return trip along the Ennerdale lakeshore. Learn More£100.00 -
Pike O'Blisco & Cold Pike: Private Guiding
Pike O'Blisco is one of the most spectacular summits in the Lake District, this guided walk climbs from the Old Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the Langdale Valley taking in some stunning scenery on the way before descending by Red Tarn. Learn More£100.00 -
Pillar & the High Level Route: Friday 13th September 2013
Pillar, the 8th highest summit in England is one of the most spectacular mountains in the Lake District. From Wasdale Head the Moesdale Horseshoe is one of the classic ridge walks in the Lakes. The High Level Route is a fantastic path skirting around the Ennerdale Face of Pillar to Pillar Rock, one of the best mountain days in the Lake District. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Crinkles and Bowfell: Monday 30th December 2013
The ridge traversing Bowfell and the Crinkles makes one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, a brilliant ridge, rocky and with stunning views crossing Bowfell, the fifth highest summit in the Lake District and the fine Crinkles ridge. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Sunday 1st September 2013
One of the most spectacular mountaineering routes in England, the Striding Edge ridge is rightly extremely popular and famous.
In all but the best weather conditions the ridge can be daunting to the inexperienced and should not be underestimated! With it's high levels of exposure this exciting ridge is bound to get your adrenaline pumping.
Why not let our experienced instructors guide you safely, making the most of the rocky ridge to the summit of Helvellyn.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 21st December 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Private Guiding
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Great Gable from Seathwaite: Thursday 12th September 2013
Great Gable, one of the most famous mountains in the Lake District, this guided walk climbs from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley with wonderful views of the surrounding high fells as well as lakes and waterfalls. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 17th August 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Newlands Horseshoe: Sunday 8th September 2013
One of the best horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Newlands Horseshoe is a walk all keen fellwalkers. Six wonderful summits above the Newlands Valley with views across Buttermere and Derwentwater. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell & Scafell Pike: Sunday 27th October 2013
The Wasdale side of the Scafell Range offers the best opportunity to climb the two highest mountains in the Lake District together. This guided walk climbs Scafell Pike by Lingmell Col before descending by Mickledore and climbing Scafell by Foxes Tarn. Learn More£20.00 -
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Friday 19th July 2013
The Fairfield Horseshoe is a great day out for everyone, although a long walk the pace is steady allowing time to bask in the glory of this stunning part of the Lakes.
The start up Nab Scar from Ambleside is hard and steep but once on the ridge it's relatively easy going.
There is plenty of time to take in the wonderful views of amongst others Helvellyn & Striding Edge, Windermere, Morecambe Bay and the Langdale Pikes.
Our instructors have a detailed knowledge of the Fairfield area so why not join in one of our guided walks.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Thursday 10th October 2013
One of the most spectacular mountaineering routes in England, the Striding Edge ridge is rightly extremely popular and famous.
In all but the best weather conditions the ridge can be daunting to the inexperienced and should not be underestimated! With it's high levels of exposure this exciting ridge is bound to get your adrenaline pumping.
Why not let our experienced instructors guide you safely, making the most of the rocky ridge to the summit of Helvellyn.
Learn More£20.00 -
The Buttermere Fells: Thursday 12th December 2013
The High Stile ridge is one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, with stunning views over Buttermere throughout and some great rocky scenery this walk has a little of everything. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 28th September 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Red Screes from Ambleside: Sunday 22nd September 2013
Red Screes towers above the Kirkstone Pass, the steep rocky slopes look almost impenetrable, but from Ambleside a long gentle slope climbs directly to the summit. The summit of Red Screes is a wonderful viewpoint over much of the Lake District. Learn More£20.00 -
Fairfield from Patterdale: Private Guiding
This wonderful route climbing Fairfield from the Patterdale Valley is also known as the Deepdale Round, this guided walk takes in the more dramatic side of the Fairfield massif, including the dramatic summits of St Sundays Crag and Arnison Crag, a classic Lake District horseshoe walk. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Tuesday 17th September 2013
The Fairfield Horseshoe is a great day out for everyone, although a long walk the pace is steady allowing time to bask in the glory of this stunning part of the Lakes.
The start up Nab Scar from Ambleside is hard and steep but once on the ridge it's relatively easy going.
There is plenty of time to take in the wonderful views of amongst others Helvellyn & Striding Edge, Windermere, Morecambe Bay and the Langdale Pikes.
Our instructors have a detailed knowledge of the Fairfield area so why not join in one of our guided walks.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
High Raise from Grasmere: Friday 2nd August 2013
High Raise is one of the most central fells in the Lake District making it a wonderful viewpoint over the whole of Lakeland. This guided walk climbs High Raise from Grasmere climbing the ridges surrounding Easdale Tarn, wonderful walking with stunning views throughout. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
High Street from Patterdale: Sunday 13th October 2013
One of our more popular guided walks this route climbs High Street from Patterdale, with stunning views of the eastern Lake District fells throughout. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Skiddaw and Ullock Pike: Thursday 28th November 2013
The Ullock Pike ridge to Skiddaw is without doubt the best way to climb Skiddaw. This glorious ridge climbs from High Side near Bassenthwaite with wonderful views over Bassenthwaite Lake and then south towards Derwentwater and Borrowdale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Ring of Steall: Sunday 21st July 2013
The Ring of Steall is a real classic mountain route combining the traverse of four Munros with scrambling along narrow, rocky aretes. The route takes in An Gearanach, Stob Choire a Chairn, Am Bodach and then follows The Devils Ridge to Sgurr a'Mhaim. Learn More£40.00 -
Coledale Horseshoe: Tuesday 3rd December 2013
The Coledale Horseshoe is one of the great horseshoe walks in the Lake District, high above the village of Braithwaite, near Keswick this guided walk takes in many of the wonderful summits above the Newlands Valley including Grisedale Pike, Eel Crag and Causey Pike. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Caldbeck Fells: Friday 13th December 2013
The Caldbeck Fells are the northernmost outpost of the Lake District, this guided walk makes a long circuit of the main ridges in the area including High Pike and Carrock Fell. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 26th October 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Lakeland 3000ft Peaks: Tuesday 13th August 2013
Three wonderful guided walks taking in the four highest summits in the Lake District. Climbing Scafell, Scafell Pike, Helvellyn and Skiddaw in the space of three days. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
Coniston Fells from the Duddon: Private Guiding
The popular Coniston Fells are rarely walked from the quiet Duddon Valley, this guided walk climbs these wonderful mountains from the west taking in the often forgotten summit of Grey Friar as well as the popular summits of Coniston Old Man and Dow Crag. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Saturday 9th November 2013
The Fairfield Horseshoe is a great day out for everyone, although a long walk the pace is steady allowing time to bask in the glory of this stunning part of the Lakes.
The start up Nab Scar from Ambleside is hard and steep but once on the ridge it's relatively easy going.
There is plenty of time to take in the wonderful views of amongst others Helvellyn & Striding Edge, Windermere, Morecambe Bay and the Langdale Pikes.
Our instructors have a detailed knowledge of the Fairfield area so why not join in one of our guided walks.
Learn More£20.00 -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Thursday 22nd August 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Coniston Fells: Friday 4th October 2013
The Old Man of Coniston is one of the most popular summits in the Lake District, and you can see why, with its wonderful panorama from the summit stretching from the Yorkshire Dales across Morecambe Bay to the Scafell range. The other summits should not be missed either, Dow Crag, Swirl How and Wetherlam are all great summits. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell from Eskdale: Private Guiding
The Eskdale side of Scafell makes a great approack to the mountain. The quietest side of the Scafell Massif, this guided walk climbs Scafell by Slight Side, a wonderful route. Learn More -
The Crinkles and Bowfell: Monday 5th August 2013
The ridge traversing Bowfell and the Crinkles makes one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, a brilliant ridge, rocky and with stunning views crossing Bowfell, the fifth highest summit in the Lake District and the fine Crinkles ridge. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 23rd November 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 20th July 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00 -
The 3 County Peaks: Wednesday 2nd October 2013
Three days climbing some of the most iconic summits in the Lake District. Three days of guided walking climbing Scafell Pike, Helvellyn and the Old Man of Coniston. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
Wetherlam from Little Langdale: Sunday 20th October 2013
Wetherlam is amongst the favourites of many fellwalkers, it's huge rambling summit takes many visits to get to know. This guided walk from Little Langdale follows the ridge from Wetherlam over Swirl How descending along Wet Side Edge back to Little Langdale, a great days walking. Learn More£20.00 -
The Buttermere Fells: Private Guiding
The High Stile ridge is one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, with stunning views over Buttermere throughout and some great rocky scenery this walk has a little of everything. Learn More£100.00 -
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Tuesday 31st December 2013
One of the most popular horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Fairfield Horseshoe is a glorious walk with some splendid views. Beginning and finishing in Ambleside this guided walk takes in 8 Wainwright summits. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
High Street from Patterdale: Sunday 15th September 2013
One of our more popular guided walks this route climbs High Street from Patterdale, with stunning views of the eastern Lake District fells throughout. Learn More£20.00 -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Sunday 22nd September 2013
One of the most spectacular mountaineering routes in England, the Striding Edge ridge is rightly extremely popular and famous.
In all but the best weather conditions the ridge can be daunting to the inexperienced and should not be underestimated! With it's high levels of exposure this exciting ridge is bound to get your adrenaline pumping.
Why not let our experienced instructors guide you safely, making the most of the rocky ridge to the summit of Helvellyn.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Kentmere Horseshoe: Private Guiding
The Kentmere Horseshoe is one of the best horseshoe walks in the Lake District, stunning views and wonderful ridges combine to make this one of the best guided walks around. Learn More£100.00 -
The Crinkles and Bowfell: Monday 7th October 2013
The ridge traversing Bowfell and the Crinkles makes one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, a brilliant ridge, rocky and with stunning views crossing Bowfell, the fifth highest summit in the Lake District and the fine Crinkles ridge. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Thursday 18th July 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 1st January 2014
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 2nd October 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00 -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Sunday 27th October 2013
One of the most spectacular mountaineering routes in England, the Striding Edge ridge is rightly extremely popular and famous.
In all but the best weather conditions the ridge can be daunting to the inexperienced and should not be underestimated! With it's high levels of exposure this exciting ridge is bound to get your adrenaline pumping.
Why not let our experienced instructors guide you safely, making the most of the rocky ridge to the summit of Helvellyn.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Private Guiding
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Crinkles and Bowfell: Monday 2nd December 2013
The ridge traversing Bowfell and the Crinkles makes one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, a brilliant ridge, rocky and with stunning views crossing Bowfell, the fifth highest summit in the Lake District and the fine Crinkles ridge. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Thursday 15th August 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 30th November 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00 -
Skiddaw and the Ospreys: Private Guiding
During the summer months Bassenthwaite Lake is home to a pair of Ospreys, there are two viewing stations in Dodd Wood that this guided walk visits. The views from Skiddaw and Skiddaw Little Man are as good as almost any in the Lake District. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Above Mardale and Longsleddale: Private Guiding
Far on the eastern edges of the Lake District lies Haweswater and Mardale Head, a beautiful scenic valley, alittle off the beaten track for those staying in the central Lake District but easy to get to from the M6. At the head of the valley lies the High Street ridge but to the south the summits of Branstree and Selside Pike make a wonderful walk off the beaten track with stunning views of this beautiful corner of Lakeland and east towards Yorkshire. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Great Gable from Seathwaite: Sunday 21st July 2013
Great Gable, one of the most famous mountains in the Lake District, this guided walk climbs from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley with wonderful views of the surrounding high fells as well as lakes and waterfalls. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 3rd August 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Great Gable from Wasdale Head: Private Guiding
This route climbs from the beautiful valley of Wasdale to the summit of Great Gable before returning over Kirk Fell. A stunning guided walk taking in some truly amazing scenery in one of the most picturesque corners of the Lake District. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Fairfield from Patterdale: Friday 29th November 2013
This wonderful route climbing Fairfield from the Patterdale Valley is also known as the Deepdale Round, this guided walk takes in the more dramatic side of the Fairfield massif, including the dramatic summits of St Sundays Crag and Arnison Crag, a classic Lake District horseshoe walk. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Thursday 26th September 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00 -
The Buttermere Fells: Tuesday 15th October 2013
The High Stile ridge is one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, with stunning views over Buttermere throughout and some great rocky scenery this walk has a little of everything. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Great Gable from Seathwaite: Sunday 1st December 2013
Great Gable, one of the most famous mountains in the Lake District, this guided walk climbs from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley with wonderful views of the surrounding high fells as well as lakes and waterfalls. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 31st August 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Pillar & the High Level Route: Saturday 26th October 2013
Pillar, the 8th highest summit in England is one of the most spectacular mountains in the Lake District. From Wasdale Head the Moesdale Horseshoe is one of the classic ridge walks in the Lakes. The High Level Route is a fantastic path skirting around the Ennerdale Face of Pillar to Pillar Rock, one of the best mountain days in the Lake District. Learn More£20.00 -
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Tuesday 20th August 2013
One of the most popular horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Fairfield Horseshoe is a glorious walk with some splendid views. Beginning and finishing in Ambleside this guided walk takes in 8 Wainwright summits. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Thursday 31st October 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00 -
Skiddaw and Ullock Pike: Friday 18th October 2013
The Ullock Pike ridge to Skiddaw is without doubt the best way to climb Skiddaw. This glorious ridge climbs from High Side near Bassenthwaite with wonderful views over Bassenthwaite Lake and then south towards Derwentwater and Borrowdale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Newlands Horseshoe: Private Guiding
One of the best horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Newlands Horseshoe is a walk all keen fellwalkers. Six wonderful summits above the Newlands Valley with views across Buttermere and Derwentwater. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Coledale Horseshoe: Saturday 7th September 2013
The Coledale Horseshoe is one of the great horseshoe walks in the Lake District, high above the village of Braithwaite, near Keswick this guided walk takes in many of the wonderful summits above the Newlands Valley including Grisedale Pike, Eel Crag and Causey Pike. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 18th September 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 16th October 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Crinkles and Bowfell: Private Guiding
The ridge traversing Bowfell and the Crinkles makes one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, a brilliant ridge, rocky and with stunning views crossing Bowfell, the fifth highest summit in the Lake District and the fine Crinkles ridge. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Saturday 19th October 2013
The Fairfield Horseshoe is a great day out for everyone, although a long walk the pace is steady allowing time to bask in the glory of this stunning part of the Lakes.
The start up Nab Scar from Ambleside is hard and steep but once on the ridge it's relatively easy going.
There is plenty of time to take in the wonderful views of amongst others Helvellyn & Striding Edge, Windermere, Morecambe Bay and the Langdale Pikes.
Our instructors have a detailed knowledge of the Fairfield area so why not join in one of our guided walks.
Learn More£20.00 -
High Raise from Grasmere: Friday 20th September 2013
High Raise is one of the most central fells in the Lake District making it a wonderful viewpoint over the whole of Lakeland. This guided walk climbs High Raise from Grasmere climbing the ridges surrounding Easdale Tarn, wonderful walking with stunning views throughout. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Thursday 8th August 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Fort William Walking Weekend: Saturday 7th September 2013
Two wonderful days guided walking above Fort William including a long day on Ben Nevis and the Ring of Steall. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £40.00
-
The Coniston Fells: Tuesday 10th September 2013
The Old Man of Coniston is one of the most popular summits in the Lake District, and you can see why, with its wonderful panorama from the summit stretching from the Yorkshire Dales across Morecambe Bay to the Scafell range. The other summits should not be missed either, Dow Crag, Swirl How and Wetherlam are all great summits. Learn More£20.00 -
Sale
Coast to Coast: Saturday 7th June 2014
A wonderful two weeks walking from the Cumbrian Coast at St Bees Head to Robin Hoods Bay on the North Yorkshire coast, following the route described by A Wainwright in his 1973 guidebook. A great walk over two weeks taking in the Lake District, Yorkshire Dales and North York Moors. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £1,050.00
Special Price: £1,000.00
-
The Coniston Fells: Tuesday 19th November 2013
The Old Man of Coniston is one of the most popular summits in the Lake District, and you can see why, with its wonderful panorama from the summit stretching from the Yorkshire Dales across Morecambe Bay to the Scafell range. The other summits should not be missed either, Dow Crag, Swirl How and Wetherlam are all great summits. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 13th November 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell & Scafell Pike: Wednesday 23rd October 2013
The Wasdale side of the Scafell Range offers the best opportunity to climb the two highest mountains in the Lake District together. This guided walk climbs Scafell Pike by Lingmell Col before descending by Mickledore and climbing Scafell by Foxes Tarn. Learn More£20.00 -
The 3 County Peaks: Tuesday 30th July 2013
Three days climbing some of the most iconic summits in the Lake District. Three days of guided walking climbing Scafell Pike, Helvellyn and the Old Man of Coniston. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
Wetherlam from Little Langdale: Tuesday 13th August 2013
Wetherlam is amongst the favourites of many fellwalkers, it's huge rambling summit takes many visits to get to know. This guided walk from Little Langdale follows the ridge from Wetherlam over Swirl How descending along Wet Side Edge back to Little Langdale, a great days walking. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Caldbeck Fells: Private Guiding
The Caldbeck Fells are the northernmost outpost of the Lake District, this guided walk makes a long circuit of the main ridges in the area including High Pike and Carrock Fell. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Fairfield Horseshoe: Tuesday 10th December 2013
The Fairfield Horseshoe is a great day out for everyone, although a long walk the pace is steady allowing time to bask in the glory of this stunning part of the Lakes.
The start up Nab Scar from Ambleside is hard and steep but once on the ridge it's relatively easy going.
There is plenty of time to take in the wonderful views of amongst others Helvellyn & Striding Edge, Windermere, Morecambe Bay and the Langdale Pikes.
Our instructors have a detailed knowledge of the Fairfield area so why not join in one of our guided walks.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
High Street from Mardale: Friday 27th September 2013
High Street, the highest of the far eastern Lake District fells is a wonderful viewpoint, both over the eastern Lake District and east over the Yorkshire Dales and Pennines. This wonderful guided walk climbs from Mardale Head on the shores of Haweswater, a beautiful remote part of the Lakes. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Sunday 8th September 2013
One of the most spectacular mountaineering routes in England, the Striding Edge ridge is rightly extremely popular and famous.
In all but the best weather conditions the ridge can be daunting to the inexperienced and should not be underestimated! With it's high levels of exposure this exciting ridge is bound to get your adrenaline pumping.
Why not let our experienced instructors guide you safely, making the most of the rocky ridge to the summit of Helvellyn.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
High Street from Patterdale: Private Guiding
One of our more popular guided walks this route climbs High Street from Patterdale, with stunning views of the eastern Lake District fells throughout. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Crinkles and Bowfell: Tuesday 10th September 2013
The ridge traversing Bowfell and the Crinkles makes one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, a brilliant ridge, rocky and with stunning views crossing Bowfell, the fifth highest summit in the Lake District and the fine Crinkles ridge. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 11th December 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 28th August 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00 -
The 3 County Peaks: Tuesday 19th November 2013
Three days climbing some of the most iconic summits in the Lake District. Three days of guided walking climbing Scafell Pike, Helvellyn and the Old Man of Coniston. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Thursday 17th October 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Helvellyn Ridge Walk: Private Guiding
The main Helvellyn ridge running north to south makes a great days linear walk. From Dunmail raise this guided walk follows the ridge north crossing nine summits including Helvellyn before descending to Threlkeld. A long walk but great ridge walking once you're up high. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Crinkles and Bowfell: Saturday 16th November 2013
The ridge traversing Bowfell and the Crinkles makes one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, a brilliant ridge, rocky and with stunning views crossing Bowfell, the fifth highest summit in the Lake District and the fine Crinkles ridge. Learn More£20.00 -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Saturday 3rd August 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 9th November 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00 -
Great End from Langdale: Wednesday 24th July 2013
The high summits around Esk Hause make a great days walking from the Langdale Valley, with stunning views of the surrounding fells including the Scafell range this walk takes you to the real heart of the Lake District. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Grasmoor from Buttermere: Tuesday 23rd July 2013
This guided walk climbs the southern slopes of Grasmoor from Buttermere, climbing along the fine Whiteless Pike ridge. On a good day the views from this route are as good as any in the Lake District. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 24th July 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Pillar & the High Level Route: Friday 9th August 2013
Pillar, the 8th highest summit in England is one of the most spectacular mountains in the Lake District. From Wasdale Head the Moesdale Horseshoe is one of the classic ridge walks in the Lakes. The High Level Route is a fantastic path skirting around the Ennerdale Face of Pillar to Pillar Rock, one of the best mountain days in the Lake District. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn & Striding Edge: Thursday 12th September 2013
Helvellyn and the iconic Striding Edge from Glenridding on the shore of the stunning Ullswater are regular events on our Lake District guided walks diary. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Saturday 28th December 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00 -
Scafell & Scafell Pike: Private Guiding
The Wasdale side of the Scafell Range offers the best opportunity to climb the two highest mountains in the Lake District together. This guided walk climbs Scafell Pike by Lingmell Col before descending by Mickledore and climbing Scafell by Foxes Tarn. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Buttermere Fells: Saturday 31st August 2013
The High Stile ridge is one of the best ridge walks in the Lake District, with stunning views over Buttermere throughout and some great rocky scenery this walk has a little of everything. Learn More£20.00 -
Great Gable from Seathwaite: Sunday 3rd November 2013
Great Gable, one of the most famous mountains in the Lake District, this guided walk climbs from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley with wonderful views of the surrounding high fells as well as lakes and waterfalls. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Scafell Pike from Seathwaite: Wednesday 21st August 2013
By far our most popular guided walk. This route climbs Scafell Pike from Seathwaite in the Borrowdale Valley, climbing by the Corridor Route and descending by Esk Hause back to Seathwaite. This walk makes a wonderful circuit with a wider variety of views than any other Scafell Pike route. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Wednesday 9th October 2013
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Wednesday 24th July 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
Black Crag & Holme Fell: Tuesday 23rd July 2013
Two of the lower fells between Ambleside and Coniston make a great walk together, especially when combined with a circuit of Tarn Hows. These two summits both have a great panorama from their summits, Holme Fell having one of the best views over Coniston Water and Black Crag having one of the best views over Windermere. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes: Monday 25th November 2013
The Langdale Pikes are one of the most prominent ranges on the Lake District Skyline, this guided walks doesn't disappoint either, the rocky summits and waterfalls make this a wonderful days walking. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Harter Fell from Eskdale: Thursday 29th August 2013
Above the Eskdale Valley, Harter Fell is a wonderful summit, it's conical shape and rocky peak make it a favourite of many fellwalkers. A great shorter walk or when combined with Green Crag and Hardknott it can be extended to a great day above Eskdale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Tuesday 27th August 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Wednesday 4th December 2013
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Wednesday 7th August 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
Fairfield from Grasmere: Private Guiding
This guided walk climbs from the beautiful village of Grasmere in the heart of the Lake District to the summit of Fairfield by less trodden routes, climbing over Stone Arthur and descending over Seat Sandal we will have some of the best views possible of the Vale of Grasmere. Learn More£100.00 -
Lingmoor Fell: Tuesday 22nd October 2013
Lingmoor Fell on the southern side of the Langdale Valley is a wonderful rambling fell, although not the highest top in the area there is plenty to explore on this delightful ridge. This guided walk takes in all the best parts of this wonderful mountain including Little Langdale, Blea Tarn and Side Pike. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Monday 7th October 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Monday 30th December 2013
The stunning views from the summit of Wansfell Pike make an ascent of both Wansfell and Wansfell Pike a worthwhile short days walking from Ambleside. A circuit of the fell above Ambleside will take in Stock Ghyll Force, both summits of Wansfell, Wansfell Pike probably being the best viewpoint over Windermere, and a descent through the woods to Jenkin Crag with spectacular views over Windermere to the Langdale Valley and high fells beyond
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Wednesday 21st August 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
Lingmoor Fell: Friday 30th August 2013
Lingmoor Fell on the southern side of the Langdale Valley is a wonderful rambling fell, although not the highest top in the area there is plenty to explore on this delightful ridge. This guided walk takes in all the best parts of this wonderful mountain including Little Langdale, Blea Tarn and Side Pike. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Howtown to Pooley Bridge: Private Guiding
Using the Ullswater Steamer from Pooley Bridge to Howtown this guided walk climbs the wonderful ridge from Wether Hill north before descending back to Pooley Bridge, a lovely linear walk with stunning views over Ullswater throughout. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Loweswater Fells: Monday 30th September 2013
The quiet summits of the Loweswater Fells offer a very different days walking to the busier central fells, this guided walk takes in three of the quietest summits on the western edge of the Lake District, with wonderful views towards the high fells and out over the coast. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Friday 15th November 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Blencathra & Sharp Edge: Monday 18th November 2013
Sharp Edge is one f the most spectacular ridges in the Lake District. This route climbing from Threlkeld takes in the wonderful Halls Fell Ridge before reaching the summit of Blencathra before we take on Sharp Edge. As well as some of the best rugged scenery in the Lake District this guided walk will give some of the best panoramic views around. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Wednesday 23rd October 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
Glaramara and Bessyboot: Monday 12th August 2013
The wonderful summit of Glaramara is one of the least frequented high tops surrounding the Borrowdale Valley, but the views from the many summits make it a wonderful days walking on quieter paths surrounded by the highest summits in the Lake District. This guided walk climbs from the village of Stonethwaite over the rambling summit of Bessyboot to the summit of Glaramara. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn from Wythburn: Thursday 5th December 2013
Helvellyn, the third highest mountain in England is a wonderful summit, the striding edge ridge is not for everyone, this guided walk climbs the western slopes of Helvellyn, from Wythburn Church on the shores of Thirlmere ascending the gentler western slopes and taking in the wonderful summits of Nethermost Pike and Dollywaggon Pike as well. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Howtown to Pooley Bridge: Friday 20th September 2013
Using the Ullswater Steamer from Pooley Bridge to Howtown this guided walk climbs the wonderful ridge from Wether Hill north before descending back to Pooley Bridge, a lovely linear walk with stunning views over Ullswater throughout. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Caudale Moor from Hartsop: Wednesday 31st July 2013
A wonderful route climbing some fine ridges above the Patterdale Valley and taking in the summit of Thornthwaite Crag as well as the lesser trodden fells of Gray Crag, Caudale Moor and Hartsop Dodd. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Above Wasdale: Private Guiding
The northern slopes of the Wasdale Valley climb from the shores of Wast Water to the summit of Seatallan and the higher ridges beyond. Two lower fells flank Seatallan to the south, Buckbarrow and Middle Fell are both wonderful summits with stunning views over Wast Water and the Wasdale Valley as well as to Scafell Pike beyond. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Glaramara and Bessyboot: Sunday 29th December 2013
The wonderful summit of Glaramara is one of the least frequented high tops surrounding the Borrowdale Valley, but the views from the many summits make it a wonderful days walking on quieter paths surrounded by the highest summits in the Lake District. This guided walk climbs from the village of Stonethwaite over the rambling summit of Bessyboot to the summit of Glaramara. Learn More£20.00 -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Private Guiding
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes: Monday 2nd September 2013
The Langdale Pikes are one of the most prominent ranges on the Lake District Skyline, this guided walks doesn't disappoint either, the rocky summits and waterfalls make this a wonderful days walking. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Blencathra & Sharp Edge: Sunday 15th September 2013
Sharp Edge is one f the most spectacular ridges in the Lake District. This route climbing from Threlkeld takes in the wonderful Halls Fell Ridge before reaching the summit of Blencathra before we take on Sharp Edge. As well as some of the best rugged scenery in the Lake District this guided walk will give some of the best panoramic views around. Learn More£20.00 -
Above Whinlatter: Private Guiding
The Whinlatter Fells lie between Keswick and Cockermouth, a quieter part of the Lake District with wonderful views over the Solway Coast. This guided walk takes in all five summits, most famous of which are Lords Seat and Barf. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Wednesday 21st August 2013
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Mellbreak & Hen Comb: Friday 20th December 2013
The dramatic summit of Mellbreak towers above Loweswater and Crummock Water, from Loweswater the western face looks impenetrable but a wonderful path climbs easily up these slopes to the summits of Mellbreak. With wonderful views over Crummock Water towards Grasmoor this guided walk has something for everyone. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Wednesday 25th September 2013
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Bannerdale Round: Thursday 5th September 2013
Above the village of Mungrisdale large grassy ridges climb to form a wonderful horseshoe, not as high or as long as many other horseshoes in the Lake District but the Bannerdale Round gives a wonderful shorter days walking. Nestled on the north eastern edge of the Lake District this guided walk gives some stunning panoramic views over the Lake District and Eden Valley as well as a stunning view of Sharp Edge on the nearby Blencathra. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes: Monday 28th October 2013
The Langdale Pikes are one of the most prominent ranges on the Lake District Skyline, this guided walks doesn't disappoint either, the rocky summits and waterfalls make this a wonderful days walking. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Wednesday 13th November 2013
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Friday 2nd August 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
Lingmoor Fell: Thursday 14th November 2013
Lingmoor Fell on the southern side of the Langdale Valley is a wonderful rambling fell, although not the highest top in the area there is plenty to explore on this delightful ridge. This guided walk takes in all the best parts of this wonderful mountain including Little Langdale, Blea Tarn and Side Pike. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn from Wythburn: Thursday 21st November 2013
Helvellyn, the third highest mountain in England is a wonderful summit, the striding edge ridge is not for everyone, this guided walk climbs the western slopes of Helvellyn, from Wythburn Church on the shores of Thirlmere ascending the gentler western slopes and taking in the wonderful summits of Nethermost Pike and Dollywaggon Pike as well. Learn More£20.00 -
Mellbreak & Hen Comb: Private Guiding
The dramatic summit of Mellbreak towers above Loweswater and Crummock Water, from Loweswater the western face looks impenetrable but a wonderful path climbs easily up these slopes to the summits of Mellbreak. With wonderful views over Crummock Water towards Grasmoor this guided walk has something for everyone. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Monday 5th August 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Tuesday 17th September 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Saturday 21st December 2013
The stunning views from the summit of Wansfell Pike make an ascent of both Wansfell and Wansfell Pike a worthwhile short days walking from Ambleside. A circuit of the fell above Ambleside will take in Stock Ghyll Force, both summits of Wansfell, Wansfell Pike probably being the best viewpoint over Windermere, and a descent through the woods to Jenkin Crag with spectacular views over Windermere to the Langdale Valley and high fells beyond
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Friday 16th August 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
Lingmoor Fell: Friday 27th September 2013
Lingmoor Fell on the southern side of the Langdale Valley is a wonderful rambling fell, although not the highest top in the area there is plenty to explore on this delightful ridge. This guided walk takes in all the best parts of this wonderful mountain including Little Langdale, Blea Tarn and Side Pike. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Great Gable from Honister Pass: Private Guiding
Great Gable is one of the most popular mountains in the Lake District, and rightly so, the views from the summit rank amongst the best in Lakeland, This guided walk from Honister Pass takes one of the easier routes to the summit, climbing by Green Gable and returning by the old smugglers route 'Moses Trod' back to Honister Pass. Learn More -
Place Fell from Patterdale: Tuesday 12th November 2013
Place Fell,on the eastern shores of Ullswater, although not the highest fell in the area makes a wonderful excursion. This guided walk climbs Place Fell from Patterdale by Boredale Hause and descends north to the Ullswater Lakeshore, following the lakeshore south, back to Patterdale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Friday 1st November 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Bleaberry Fell: Friday 27th December 2013
The Bleaberry Fell ridge climbs from Keswick and divides the valleys of Borrowdale and Thirlmere, this long ridge eventually leads south over High Raise to the Langdale Pikes but the northern end of the ridge including the summits of Walla Crag, Bleaberry Fell and High Seat give some of the best views of the northern Lake District. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Friday 30th August 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
Lingmoor Fell: Thursday 8th August 2013
Lingmoor Fell on the southern side of the Langdale Valley is a wonderful rambling fell, although not the highest top in the area there is plenty to explore on this delightful ridge. This guided walk takes in all the best parts of this wonderful mountain including Little Langdale, Blea Tarn and Side Pike. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes: Private Guiding
The Langdale Pikes are one of the most prominent ranges on the Lake District Skyline, this guided walks doesn't disappoint either, the rocky summits and waterfalls make this a wonderful days walking. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
High Street from Hartsop: Private Guiding
The grassy summit of High Street is a wonderful viewpoint over the eastern side of the Lake District, this route climbs High Street from Hartsop, in the Patterdale Valley and circles the ridges around the Hayeswater reservoir. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Helm Crag & Steel Fell: Sunday 18th August 2013
Above the village of Grasmere the small fell of Helm Crag dominates the skyline, one of the most famous views in the Lake District is of Helm Crag seen across Grasmere. This guided walk climbs the wonderful summit of Steel Fell before traversing the ridges over Calf Crag to Helm Crag. A wonderful horseshoe walk without going to high. Learn More£20.00 -
Langdale Activity Day: Wednesday 28th August 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £20.00
-
The Troutbeck Skyline: Sunday 24th November 2013
From Troutbeck this guided walk climbs by the Garburn Pass and follows the fine ridge north to Thornthwaite Crag. This wonderful ridge is full of interest with some cracking views to either side as well of much interest on the ridge. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Bannerdale Round: Private Guiding
Above the village of Mungrisdale large grassy ridges climb to form a wonderful horseshoe, not as high or as long as many other horseshoes in the Lake District but the Bannerdale Round gives a wonderful shorter days walking. Nestled on the north eastern edge of the Lake District this guided walk gives some stunning panoramic views over the Lake District and Eden Valley as well as a stunning view of Sharp Edge on the nearby Blencathra. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Glaramara and Bessyboot: Sunday 10th November 2013
The wonderful summit of Glaramara is one of the least frequented high tops surrounding the Borrowdale Valley, but the views from the many summits make it a wonderful days walking on quieter paths surrounded by the highest summits in the Lake District. This guided walk climbs from the village of Stonethwaite over the rambling summit of Bessyboot to the summit of Glaramara. Learn More£20.00 -
Helvellyn from Wythburn: Thursday 7th November 2013
Helvellyn, the third highest mountain in England is a wonderful summit, the striding edge ridge is not for everyone, this guided walk climbs the western slopes of Helvellyn, from Wythburn Church on the shores of Thirlmere ascending the gentler western slopes and taking in the wonderful summits of Nethermost Pike and Dollywaggon Pike as well. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn from Wythburn: Private Guiding
Helvellyn, the third highest mountain in England is a wonderful summit, the striding edge ridge is not for everyone, this guided walk climbs the western slopes of Helvellyn, from Wythburn Church on the shores of Thirlmere ascending the gentler western slopes and taking in the wonderful summits of Nethermost Pike and Dollywaggon Pike as well. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes: Monday 12th August 2013
The view from the eastern shore of Windermere between Windermere and Ambleside is dominated by the distant skyline of jagged rocky mountains to the East, these are the Langdales or Langdale Pikes.
This is one of the most famous views in the Lake District.
Let our guides take you over a well tried route taking in the best parts of these fells with spectacular views back down the Langdale Valley back towards Windermere.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Blencathra & Sharp Edge: Sunday 4th August 2013
Sharp Edge is one f the most spectacular ridges in the Lake District. This route climbing from Threlkeld takes in the wonderful Halls Fell Ridge before reaching the summit of Blencathra before we take on Sharp Edge. As well as some of the best rugged scenery in the Lake District this guided walk will give some of the best panoramic views around. Learn More£20.00 -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Wednesday 7th August 2013
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Fairfield from Grasmere: Wednesday 24th July 2013
This guided walk climbs from the beautiful village of Grasmere in the heart of the Lake District to the summit of Fairfield by less trodden routes, climbing over Stone Arthur and descending over Seat Sandal we will have some of the best views possible of the Vale of Grasmere. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes: Monday 30th September 2013
The Langdale Pikes are one of the most prominent ranges on the Lake District Skyline, this guided walks doesn't disappoint either, the rocky summits and waterfalls make this a wonderful days walking. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Wednesday 11th September 2013
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Tuesday 15th October 2013
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Friday 26th July 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
Lingmoor Fell: Saturday 14th December 2013
Lingmoor Fell on the southern side of the Langdale Valley is a wonderful rambling fell, although not the highest top in the area there is plenty to explore on this delightful ridge. This guided walk takes in all the best parts of this wonderful mountain including Little Langdale, Blea Tarn and Side Pike. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes: Monday 9th December 2013
The Langdale Pikes are one of the most prominent ranges on the Lake District Skyline, this guided walks doesn't disappoint either, the rocky summits and waterfalls make this a wonderful days walking. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Friday 19th July 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Sunday 1st September 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00 -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Wednesday 11th December 2013
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Friday 9th August 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
The Dodds and Clough Head: Private Guiding
The northern end of the Helvellyn ridge becomes more like a Pennine ridge as it reaches The Dodds, the three Dodds and Clough Head make easy walking with some great views, particularly one of the best views of Blencathra. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lingmoor Fell: Wednesday 16th October 2013
Lingmoor Fell on the southern side of the Langdale Valley is a wonderful rambling fell, although not the highest top in the area there is plenty to explore on this delightful ridge. This guided walk takes in all the best parts of this wonderful mountain including Little Langdale, Blea Tarn and Side Pike. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Loweswater Fells: Private Guiding
The quiet summits of the Loweswater Fells offer a very different days walking to the busier central fells, this guided walk takes in three of the quietest summits on the western edge of the Lake District, with wonderful views towards the high fells and out over the coast. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Place Fell from Patterdale: Monday 26th August 2013
Place Fell,on the eastern shores of Ullswater, although not the highest fell in the area makes a wonderful excursion. This guided walk climbs Place Fell from Patterdale by Boredale Hause and descends north to the Ullswater Lakeshore, following the lakeshore south, back to Patterdale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Monday 14th October 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Above Whinlatter: Monday 25th November 2013
The Whinlatter Fells lie between Keswick and Cockermouth, a quieter part of the Lake District with wonderful views over the Solway Coast. This guided walk takes in all five summits, most famous of which are Lords Seat and Barf. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Friday 23rd August 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
High Street from Hartsop: Sunday 8th December 2013
The grassy summit of High Street is a wonderful viewpoint over the eastern side of the Lake District, this route climbs High Street from Hartsop, in the Patterdale Valley and circles the ridges around the Hayeswater reservoir. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Loweswater Fells: Friday 2nd August 2013
The quiet summits of the Loweswater Fells offer a very different days walking to the busier central fells, this guided walk takes in three of the quietest summits on the western edge of the Lake District, with wonderful views towards the high fells and out over the coast. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Friday 22nd November 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Blencathra & Sharp Edge: Friday 25th October 2013
Sharp Edge is one f the most spectacular ridges in the Lake District. This route climbing from Threlkeld takes in the wonderful Halls Fell Ridge before reaching the summit of Blencathra before we take on Sharp Edge. As well as some of the best rugged scenery in the Lake District this guided walk will give some of the best panoramic views around. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Friday 25th October 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
The Wasdale Screes: Thursday 19th September 2013
The dramatic Wasdale Screes rise above Wast Water in the Wasdale Valley, an imposing scene from below. This guided walk climbs these fine summits from the the southern side, here an almost hidden valley climbing towards Scafell. From the main ridge the views are wonderful. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Glaramara and Bessyboot: Monday 23rd September 2013
The wonderful summit of Glaramara is one of the least frequented high tops surrounding the Borrowdale Valley, but the views from the many summits make it a wonderful days walking on quieter paths surrounded by the highest summits in the Lake District. This guided walk climbs from the village of Stonethwaite over the rambling summit of Bessyboot to the summit of Glaramara. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helvellyn from Wythburn: Sunday 17th November 2013
Helvellyn, the third highest mountain in England is a wonderful summit, the striding edge ridge is not for everyone, this guided walk climbs the western slopes of Helvellyn, from Wythburn Church on the shores of Thirlmere ascending the gentler western slopes and taking in the wonderful summits of Nethermost Pike and Dollywaggon Pike as well. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes: Sunday 25th August 2013
The Langdale Pikes are one of the most prominent ranges on the Lake District Skyline, this guided walks doesn't disappoint either, the rocky summits and waterfalls make this a wonderful days walking. Learn More£20.00 -
The Langdale Pikes: Monday 29th July 2013
The Langdale Pikes are one of the most prominent ranges on the Lake District Skyline, this guided walks doesn't disappoint either, the rocky summits and waterfalls make this a wonderful days walking. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Wasdale Screes: Private Guiding
The dramatic Wasdale Screes rise above Wast Water in the Wasdale Valley, an imposing scene from below. This guided walk climbs these fine summits from the the southern side, here an almost hidden valley climbing towards Scafell. From the main ridge the views are wonderful. Learn More£100.00 -
Black Crag & Holme Fell: Tuesday 24th September 2013
Two of the lower fells between Ambleside and Coniston make a great walk together, especially when combined with a circuit of Tarn Hows. These two summits both have a great panorama from their summits, Holme Fell having one of the best views over Coniston Water and Black Crag having one of the best views over Windermere. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Grange Fell: Tuesday 8th October 2013
The rambling summits of Grange Fell above the Borrowdale Valley and Derwentwater make a thoroughly enjoyable shorter days walking in the Lake District. From Grange this guided walk climbs first over the summit of Lords Seat before crossing to Brund Fell, the highest point on Grange Fell before descending to Rosthwaite and following the wonderful River Derwent back to Grange. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Sunday 6th October 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00 -
Harter Fell from Eskdale: Private Guiding
Above the Eskdale Valley, Harter Fell is a wonderful summit, it's conical shape and rocky peak make it a favourite of many fellwalkers. A great shorter walk or when combined with Green Crag and Hardknott it can be extended to a great day above Eskdale. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes: Monday 16th September 2013
The view from the eastern shore of Windermere between Windermere and Ambleside is dominated by the distant skyline of jagged rocky mountains to the East, these are the Langdales or Langdale Pikes.
This is one of the most famous views in the Lake District.
Let our guides take you over a well tried route taking in the best parts of these fells with spectacular views back down the Langdale Valley back towards Windermere.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Blencathra & Sharp Edge: Sunday 13th October 2013
Sharp Edge is one f the most spectacular ridges in the Lake District. This route climbing from Threlkeld takes in the wonderful Halls Fell Ridge before reaching the summit of Blencathra before we take on Sharp Edge. As well as some of the best rugged scenery in the Lake District this guided walk will give some of the best panoramic views around. Learn More£20.00 -
Helm Crag & Steel Fell: Friday 26th July 2013
Above the village of Grasmere the small fell of Helm Crag dominates the skyline, one of the most famous views in the Lake District is of Helm Crag seen across Grasmere. This guided walk climbs the wonderful summit of Steel Fell before traversing the ridges over Calf Crag to Helm Crag. A wonderful horseshoe walk without going to high. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Wednesday 28th August 2013
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Wednesday 2nd October 2013
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Great Calva & the Northern Fells: Private Guiding
The fells to the north of Skiddaw, known as the Back O'Skiddaw offer some wonderful walking on grassy slopes, well away from the busy fells further south in the Lake District. This guided walk takes in several of the fells on the western side of this group, including Knott and Great Calva. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Black Crag & Holme Fell: Thursday 7th November 2013
Two of the lower fells between Ambleside and Coniston make a great walk together, especially when combined with a circuit of Tarn Hows. These two summits both have a great panorama from their summits, Holme Fell having one of the best views over Coniston Water and Black Crag having one of the best views over Windermere. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes: Monday 11th November 2013
The view from the eastern shore of Windermere between Windermere and Ambleside is dominated by the distant skyline of jagged rocky mountains to the East, these are the Langdales or Langdale Pikes.
This is one of the most famous views in the Lake District.
Let our guides take you over a well tried route taking in the best parts of these fells with spectacular views back down the Langdale Valley back towards Windermere.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Place Fell from Patterdale: Private Guiding
Place Fell,on the eastern shores of Ullswater, although not the highest fell in the area makes a wonderful excursion. This guided walk climbs Place Fell from Patterdale by Boredale Hause and descends north to the Ullswater Lakeshore, following the lakeshore south, back to Patterdale. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Harter Fell from Eskdale: Thursday 1st August 2013
Above the Eskdale Valley, Harter Fell is a wonderful summit, it's conical shape and rocky peak make it a favourite of many fellwalkers. A great shorter walk or when combined with Green Crag and Hardknott it can be extended to a great day above Eskdale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Birkhouse Moor & Catstycam: Private Guiding
The dramatic scenery to the east of Helvellyn around Red Tarn should be experienced by all walkers, whether they are comfortable taking on Striding Edge or not. This route takes on the summits of Birkhouse Moor and the wonderful top of Catstycam by Red Tarn, nestled between Striding and Swirral Edges below the huge eastern face of Helvellyn. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Friday 23rd August 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Wednesday 27th November 2013
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Monday 5th August 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
Lingmoor Fell: Wednesday 6th November 2013
Lingmoor Fell on the southern side of the Langdale Valley is a wonderful rambling fell, although not the highest top in the area there is plenty to explore on this delightful ridge. This guided walk takes in all the best parts of this wonderful mountain including Little Langdale, Blea Tarn and Side Pike. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Mell Fells: Private Guiding
These three lesser hills towards the northern end of Ullswater make a great linear walk, good views and ever changing scenery throughout this guided walk. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Friday 4th October 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Monday 23rd December 2013
The stunning views from the summit of Wansfell Pike make an ascent of both Wansfell and Wansfell Pike a worthwhile short days walking from Ambleside. A circuit of the fell above Ambleside will take in Stock Ghyll Force, both summits of Wansfell, Wansfell Pike probably being the best viewpoint over Windermere, and a descent through the woods to Jenkin Crag with spectacular views over Windermere to the Langdale Valley and high fells beyond
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Monday 19th August 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
Lingmoor Fell: Monday 9th September 2013
Lingmoor Fell on the southern side of the Langdale Valley is a wonderful rambling fell, although not the highest top in the area there is plenty to explore on this delightful ridge. This guided walk takes in all the best parts of this wonderful mountain including Little Langdale, Blea Tarn and Side Pike. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Lingmoor Fell & Side Pike: Private Guiding
Lingmoor Fell on the southern side of the Langdale Valley is a wonderful rambling fell, although not the highest top in the area there is plenty to explore on this delightful ridge. This guided walk takes in all the best parts of this wonderful mountain including Little Langdale, Blea Tarn and Side Pike. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Loweswater Fells: Tuesday 26th November 2013
The quiet summits of the Loweswater Fells offer a very different days walking to the busier central fells, this guided walk takes in three of the quietest summits on the western edge of the Lake District, with wonderful views towards the high fells and out over the coast. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Friday 8th November 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Blencathra & Sharp Edge: Friday 6th December 2013
Sharp Edge is one f the most spectacular ridges in the Lake District. This route climbing from Threlkeld takes in the wonderful Halls Fell Ridge before reaching the summit of Blencathra before we take on Sharp Edge. As well as some of the best rugged scenery in the Lake District this guided walk will give some of the best panoramic views around. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Monday 21st October 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
Helvellyn from Wythburn: Thursday 19th December 2013
Helvellyn, the third highest mountain in England is a wonderful summit, the striding edge ridge is not for everyone, this guided walk climbs the western slopes of Helvellyn, from Wythburn Church on the shores of Thirlmere ascending the gentler western slopes and taking in the wonderful summits of Nethermost Pike and Dollywaggon Pike as well. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Blencathra & Sharp Edge: Private Guiding
Sharp Edge is one f the most spectacular ridges in the Lake District. This route climbing from Threlkeld takes in the wonderful Halls Fell Ridge before reaching the summit of Blencathra before we take on Sharp Edge. As well as some of the best rugged scenery in the Lake District this guided walk will give some of the best panoramic views around. Learn More -
Bleaberry Fell: Private Guiding
The Bleaberry Fell ridge climbs from Keswick and divides the valleys of Borrowdale and Thirlmere, this long ridge eventually leads south over High Raise to the Langdale Pikes but the northern end of the ridge including the summits of Walla Crag, Bleaberry Fell and High Seat give some of the best views of the northern Lake District. Learn More£100.00 -
Fairfield from Grasmere: Monday 22nd July 2013
This guided walk climbs from the beautiful village of Grasmere in the heart of the Lake District to the summit of Fairfield by less trodden routes, climbing over Stone Arthur and descending over Seat Sandal we will have some of the best views possible of the Vale of Grasmere. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Above Wasdale: Tuesday 1st October 2013
Far on the eastern edges of the Lake District lies Haweswater and Mardale Head, a beautiful scenic valley, alittle off the beaten track for those staying in the central Lake District but easy to get to from the M6. At the head of the valley lies the High Street ridge but to the south the summits of Branstree and Selside Pike make a wonderful walk off the beaten track with stunning views of this beautiful corner of Lakeland and east towards Yorkshire. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Glaramara and Bessyboot: Sunday 15th December 2013
The wonderful summit of Glaramara is one of the least frequented high tops surrounding the Borrowdale Valley, but the views from the many summits make it a wonderful days walking on quieter paths surrounded by the highest summits in the Lake District. This guided walk climbs from the village of Stonethwaite over the rambling summit of Bessyboot to the summit of Glaramara. Learn More£20.00 -
Caudale Moor from Hartsop: Private Guiding
A wonderful route climbing some fine ridges above the Patterdale Valley and taking in the summit of Thornthwaite Crag as well as the lesser trodden fells of Gray Crag, Caudale Moor and Hartsop Dodd. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes: Monday 26th August 2013
The Langdale Pikes are one of the most prominent ranges on the Lake District Skyline, this guided walks doesn't disappoint either, the rocky summits and waterfalls make this a wonderful days walking. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Glaramara and Bessyboot: Thursday 15th August 2013
The wonderful summit of Glaramara is one of the least frequented high tops surrounding the Borrowdale Valley, but the views from the many summits make it a wonderful days walking on quieter paths surrounded by the highest summits in the Lake District. This guided walk climbs from the village of Stonethwaite over the rambling summit of Bessyboot to the summit of Glaramara. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Blencathra & Sharp Edge: Sunday 11th August 2013
Sharp Edge is one f the most spectacular ridges in the Lake District. This route climbing from Threlkeld takes in the wonderful Halls Fell Ridge before reaching the summit of Blencathra before we take on Sharp Edge. As well as some of the best rugged scenery in the Lake District this guided walk will give some of the best panoramic views around. Learn More£20.00 -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Wednesday 14th August 2013
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Wednesday 18th September 2013
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Bannerdale Round: Monday 28th October 2013
Above the village of Mungrisdale large grassy ridges climb to form a wonderful horseshoe, not as high or as long as many other horseshoes in the Lake District but the Bannerdale Round gives a wonderful shorter days walking. Nestled on the north eastern edge of the Lake District this guided walk gives some stunning panoramic views over the Lake District and Eden Valley as well as a stunning view of Sharp Edge on the nearby Blencathra. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes: Monday 14th October 2013
The view from the eastern shore of Windermere between Windermere and Ambleside is dominated by the distant skyline of jagged rocky mountains to the East, these are the Langdales or Langdale Pikes.
This is one of the most famous views in the Lake District.
Let our guides take you over a well tried route taking in the best parts of these fells with spectacular views back down the Langdale Valley back towards Windermere.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Helm Crag & Steel Fell: Private Guiding
Above the village of Grasmere the small fell of Helm Crag dominates the skyline, one of the most famous views in the Lake District is of Helm Crag seen across Grasmere. This guided walk climbs the wonderful summit of Steel Fell before traversing the ridges over Calf Crag to Helm Crag. A wonderful horseshoe walk without going to high. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Mell Fells: Tuesday 10th December 2013
These three lesser hills towards the northern end of Ullswater make a great linear walk, good views and ever changing scenery throughout this guided walk. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Wednesday 23rd October 2013
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Monday 29th July 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
Glaramara and Bessyboot: Private Guiding
The wonderful summit of Glaramara is one of the least frequented high tops surrounding the Borrowdale Valley, but the views from the many summits make it a wonderful days walking on quieter paths surrounded by the highest summits in the Lake District. This guided walk climbs from the village of Stonethwaite over the rambling summit of Bessyboot to the summit of Glaramara. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Lingmoor Fell: Wednesday 20th November 2013
Lingmoor Fell on the southern side of the Langdale Valley is a wonderful rambling fell, although not the highest top in the area there is plenty to explore on this delightful ridge. This guided walk takes in all the best parts of this wonderful mountain including Little Langdale, Blea Tarn and Side Pike. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes: Monday 23rd December 2013
The Langdale Pikes are one of the most prominent ranges on the Lake District Skyline, this guided walks doesn't disappoint either, the rocky summits and waterfalls make this a wonderful days walking. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Grange Fell: Private Guiding
The rambling summits of Grange Fell above the Borrowdale Valley and Derwentwater make a thoroughly enjoyable shorter days walking in the Lake District. From Grange this guided walk climbs first over the summit of Lords Seat before crossing to Brund Fell, the highest point on Grange Fell before descending to Rosthwaite and following the wonderful River Derwent back to Grange. Learn More -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Monday 29th July 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Tuesday 3rd September 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Wednesday 18th December 2013
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Wednesday 14th August 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
Lingmoor Fell: Friday 11th October 2013
Lingmoor Fell on the southern side of the Langdale Valley is a wonderful rambling fell, although not the highest top in the area there is plenty to explore on this delightful ridge. This guided walk takes in all the best parts of this wonderful mountain including Little Langdale, Blea Tarn and Side Pike. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Troutbeck Skyline: Private Guiding
From Troutbeck this guided walk climbs by the Garburn Pass and follows the fine ridge north to Thornthwaite Crag. This wonderful ridge is full of interest with some cracking views to either side as well of much interest on the ridge. Learn More -
Place Fell from Patterdale: Tuesday 29th October 2013
Place Fell,on the eastern shores of Ullswater, although not the highest fell in the area makes a wonderful excursion. This guided walk climbs Place Fell from Patterdale by Boredale Hause and descends north to the Ullswater Lakeshore, following the lakeshore south, back to Patterdale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Monday 21st October 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Above Whinlatter: Thursday 22nd August 2013
The Whinlatter Fells lie between Keswick and Cockermouth, a quieter part of the Lake District with wonderful views over the Solway Coast. This guided walk takes in all five summits, most famous of which are Lords Seat and Barf. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Langdale Activity Day: Monday 26th August 2013
An adventure packed day Rock Climbing and Ghyll Scrambling in the Langdale Valley for all the family. This days activities will be based at the New Dungeon Ghyll Hotel in the heart of the Lake District. Learn MoreAdd to CartStarting at: £25.00
-
Lingmoor Fell: Thursday 22nd August 2013
Lingmoor Fell on the southern side of the Langdale Valley is a wonderful rambling fell, although not the highest top in the area there is plenty to explore on this delightful ridge. This guided walk takes in all the best parts of this wonderful mountain including Little Langdale, Blea Tarn and Side Pike. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes & Jack's Rake: Private Guiding
Jack's Rake is one of the most dramatic routes in the Lake District, however it should not be underestimated it is a scramble and is very exposed in places. Why not let our instructors show you the best way up this wonderful route. Learn More£100.00 -
Haystacks and Fleetwith Pike: Sunday 1st December 2013
Alfred Wainwright chose Haystacks as his final resting place, his ashes we scattered by the picturesque Innominate Tarn. This guided walk takes in all the summits,tarns and views over Buttermere along the Haystacks ridge before either descending to Gatesgarth over Fleetwith Pike or by the waterfalls and bothy at Warnscale. Learn More£20.00 -
Blencathra & Sharp Edge: Monday 9th September 2013
Sharp Edge is one f the most spectacular ridges in the Lake District. This route climbing from Threlkeld takes in the wonderful Halls Fell Ridge before reaching the summit of Blencathra before we take on Sharp Edge. As well as some of the best rugged scenery in the Lake District this guided walk will give some of the best panoramic views around. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Troutbeck Skyline: Thursday 17th October 2013
From Troutbeck this guided walk climbs by the Garburn Pass and follows the fine ridge north to Thornthwaite Crag. This wonderful ridge is full of interest with some cracking views to either side as well of much interest on the ridge. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Black Crag & Holme Fell: Private Guiding
Two of the lower fells between Ambleside and Coniston make a great walk together, especially when combined with a circuit of Tarn Hows. These two summits both have a great panorama from their summits, Holme Fell having one of the best views over Coniston Water and Black Crag having one of the best views over Windermere. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Glaramara and Bessyboot: Thursday 10th October 2013
The wonderful summit of Glaramara is one of the least frequented high tops surrounding the Borrowdale Valley, but the views from the many summits make it a wonderful days walking on quieter paths surrounded by the highest summits in the Lake District. This guided walk climbs from the village of Stonethwaite over the rambling summit of Bessyboot to the summit of Glaramara. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes: Sunday 17th November 2013
The Langdale Pikes are one of the most prominent ranges on the Lake District Skyline, this guided walks doesn't disappoint either, the rocky summits and waterfalls make this a wonderful days walking. Learn More£20.00 -
Private Guiding throughout the Lake District
A days Private Guiding in the Lake District National Park. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes: Friday 9th August 2013
The view from the eastern shore of Windermere between Windermere and Ambleside is dominated by the distant skyline of jagged rocky mountains to the East, these are the Langdales or Langdale Pikes.
This is one of the most famous views in the Lake District.
Let our guides take you over a well tried route taking in the best parts of these fells with spectacular views back down the Langdale Valley back towards Windermere.
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Private Guiding
The lovely summit of Wansfell, above Ambleside offers one of the best viewpoints over Windermere, as well as a great panorama across the Lake District fells. This guided walk crosses the summit of Wansfell before descending into Troutbeck, returning to Ambleside by Jenkin Crag. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
Blencathra & Sharp Edge: Sunday 21st July 2013
Sharp Edge is one f the most spectacular ridges in the Lake District. This route climbing from Threlkeld takes in the wonderful Halls Fell Ridge before reaching the summit of Blencathra before we take on Sharp Edge. As well as some of the best rugged scenery in the Lake District this guided walk will give some of the best panoramic views around. Learn More£20.00 -
Above Armboth: Private Guiding
The steep forested slopes above Thirlmere offer some great walking away from the crowds of the more famous Lake District fells, this guided walk takes in some of the lesser walked summits of Armboth Fell, High Seat and Raven Crag. Despite their peacefulness the Armboth Fells are not remote, they are almost as close as you can get to the centre of the Lake District with stunning views throughout. Learn More£100.00Add to Cart -
The Dodds and Clough Head: Friday 13th September 2013
The northern end of the Helvellyn ridge becomes more like a Pennine ridge as it reaches The Dodds, the three Dodds and Clough Head make easy walking with some great views, particularly one of the best views of Blencathra. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
The Langdale Pikes: Thursday 26th September 2013
The Langdale Pikes are one of the most prominent ranges on the Lake District Skyline, this guided walks doesn't disappoint either, the rocky summits and waterfalls make this a wonderful days walking. Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
Wansfell from Ambleside: Friday 6th September 2013
The stunning views from the summit of Wansfell Pike make an ascent of both Wansfell and Wansfell Pike a worthwhile short days walking from Ambleside. A circuit of the fell above Ambleside will take in Stock Ghyll Force, both summits of Wansfell, Wansfell Pike probably being the best viewpoint over Windermere, and a descent through the woods to Jenkin Crag with spectacular views over Windermere to the Langdale Valley and high fells beyond
Learn More£20.00Add to Cart -
High Street Roman Road: Sunday 6th July 2014
This guided walk follows the original route of the High Street Roman Road from Penrith to Ambleside, a long challenging walk. One of the best one day challenge walks in the Lake District. Learn More£35.00Add to Cart -
The Wasdale Horseshoe: Private Guiding
The mountain that surround the Wasdale Valley are some of the Highest in the Lake District, including the top two, Scafell Pike and Scafell. This challenge joins two separate groups of mountains in one epic walk that is sure to put your fitness to the test. Starting from Wasdale Head we climb via Yewbarrow onto the ridge that makes the horseshoe surrounding Pillar, and after completing this great group of mountains we climb over Great Gable to make our way to Scafell Pike, shortly followed by Scafell. An enjoyable challenge not to be underestimated. Learn More£175.00Add to Cart -
The Yorkshire 3 Peaks: Saturday 7th September 2013
One of the most popular challenge events in the UK, the Yorkshire 3 Peaks Challenge makes a great longer days walking, three great peaks in 12 hours, can you keep the pace? Learn More£30.00Add to Cart -
The Buttermere Horseshoe: Private Guiding
A long days walking above the Buttermere Valley, wonderful ridge walking with some stunning views makes this a great challenge walk for anyone. Highlights on the route include High Stile, Haystacks, Fleetwith Pike and Dale Head. Learn More -
Ben Nevis by the CMD Arete: Saturday 7th September 2013
By far the most spectacular route up Ben Nevis, this route climbs by the Carn Mor Dearg Arete to the summit of the Ben with wonderful views over the North Face of Ben Nevis, by far the most spectacular way to walk up this wonderful mountain. A long days walking is fully rewarded with some of the best views of the Scottish Highlands. Learn More£40.00 -
Scafell Pike from Sea to Summit: Private Guiding
A wonderful challenging day in the fells climbing Scafell pike from sea level. A linear walk from Ravenglass along the Eskdale Valley to the summit of Scafell Pike before descending to Wasdale Head. Learn More -
Sale
The Ennerdale Horseshoe: Sunday 14th September 2014
One of the longer horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Ennerdale Horseshoe is a wonderful circuit, taking in summits such as Haystacks, Great Gable and Pillar, amongst many others. The Ennerdale Horseshoe makes a great challenge event, a long hard day in the Lake District fells. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £30.00
Special Price: £25.00
-
High Street Roman Road: Sunday 7th September 2014
This guided walk follows the original route of the High Street Roman Road from Penrith to Ambleside, a long challenging walk. One of the best one day challenge walks in the Lake District. Learn More£35.00Add to Cart -
Ben Nevis by the CMD Arete: Saturday 17th August 2013
By far the most spectacular route up Ben Nevis, this route climbs by the Carn Mor Dearg Arete to the summit of the Ben with wonderful views over the North Face of Ben Nevis, by far the most spectacular way to walk up this wonderful mountain. A long days walking is fully rewarded with some of the best views of the Scottish Highlands. Learn More£40.00Add to Cart -
The Ennerdale Horseshoe: Private Guiding
One of the longer horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Ennerdale Horseshoe is a wonderful circuit, taking in summits such as Haystacks, Great Gable and Pillar, amongst many others. The Ennerdale Horseshoe makes a great challenge event, a long hard day in the Lake District fells. Learn More£200.00Add to Cart -
Sale
The Ennerdale Horseshoe: Saturday 5th July 2014
One of the longer horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Ennerdale Horseshoe is a wonderful circuit, taking in summits such as Haystacks, Great Gable and Pillar, amongst many others. The Ennerdale Horseshoe makes a great challenge event, a long hard day in the Lake District fells. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £30.00
Special Price: £25.00
-
The Langdale Horseshoe: Private Guiding
A long days walking above the Langdale Valley this is a great day out on the fells, covering the Langdale Pikes, Bowfell and the Crinkles this is a hard but wonderful guided walk. Learn More -
High Street Roman Road: Sunday 18th May 2014
This guided walk follows the original route of the High Street Roman Road from Penrith to Ambleside, a long challenging walk. One of the best one day challenge walks in the Lake District. Learn More£35.00Add to Cart -
The Yorkshire 3 Peaks: Saturday 3rd August 2013
One of the most popular challenge events in the UK, the Yorkshire 3 Peaks Challenge makes a great longer days walking, three great peaks in 12 hours, can you keep the pace? Learn More£30.00Add to Cart -
Ben Nevis by the CMD Arete: Saturday 20th July 2013
By far the most spectacular route up Ben Nevis, this route climbs by the Carn Mor Dearg Arete to the summit of the Ben with wonderful views over the North Face of Ben Nevis, by far the most spectacular way to walk up this wonderful mountain. A long days walking is fully rewarded with some of the best views of the Scottish Highlands. Learn More£40.00 -
High Street Roman Road - Private Guiding
This guided walk follows the original route of the High Street Roman Road from Penrith to Ambleside, a long challenging walk. One of the best one day challenge walks in the Lake District. Learn More£300.00Add to Cart -
Sale
The Ennerdale Horseshoe: Saturday 16th August 2014
One of the longer horseshoe walks in the Lake District the Ennerdale Horseshoe is a wonderful circuit, taking in summits such as Haystacks, Great Gable and Pillar, amongst many others. The Ennerdale Horseshoe makes a great challenge event, a long hard day in the Lake District fells. Learn MoreAdd to CartRegular Price: £30.00
Special Price: £25.00
Grid List
